Selected quad for the lemma: earth_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
earth_n great_a part_n water_n 5,914 5 6.2806 4 true
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A76653 The book of the Revelation paraphrased; with annotations on each chapter. Whereby it is made plain to the meanest capacity; Bible. N.T. Revelation. English. Authorised. Waple, Edward, 1647-1712. 1693 (1693) Wing B2707bA; ESTC R228092 335,011 550

There are 30 snippets containing the selected quad. | View original text

constant_a attendant_n of_o the_o lamb_n in_o his_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n and_o the_o first_o partaker_n of_o that_o exalt_a state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n here_o visional_o represent_v by_o mount_n zion_n 5_o and_o in_o their_o mouth_n be_v find_v no_o 8_o guile_n i._n e._n they_o be_v not_o find_v guilty_a of_o the_o great_a lie_n of_o antichristianism_n and_o idolatry_n for_o they_o be_v without_o fault_n before_o the_o 9_o throne_n of_o god_n i._n e._n they_o be_v acquit_v and_o justify_v by_o god_n although_o they_o have_v be_v condemn_v and_o anathematise_v by_o antichrist_n 8_o idol_n be_v call_v lie_v in_o place_n in_o jerem._n 16.19_o am._n 2.4_o grotius_n and_o mede_n on_o the_o place_n scripture_n and_o lie_v as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n be_v a_o constant_a concomitant_a of_o idolatry_n and_o hereby_o this_o apostolical_a number_n of_o christ_n follower_n be_v distinguish_v from_o those_o which_o belong_v to_o antichrist_n who_o religion_n be_v but_o a_o image_n or_o counterfeit_n of_o christ_n and_o be_v thereupon_o also_o just_o call_v a_o lye_n 9_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v the_o vision_n of_o some_o exalt_a state_n of_o christ_n heavenly_a kingdom_n see_v as_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n or_o the_o divine_a sanhedrim_n and_o court_n of_o judicature_n come_v down_o as_o it_o be_v on_o mount_n zion_n where_o the_o witness_n who_o be_v the_o 144000._o who_o have_v be_v kill_v by_o the_o beast_n appear_v and_o be_v as_o it_o be_v adjudge_v by_o god_n as_o worthy_a the_o exalt_a state_n they_o enjoy_v with_o christ_n and_o which_o they_o have_v obtain_v under_o his_o conduct_n and_o for_o his_o sake_n which_o appearance_n shall_v have_v also_o as_o have_v be_v all_o along_o observe_v a_o parallel_n one_o on_o earth_n in_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n of_o the_o church_n 6_o and_o i_o see_v 10_o anoth_v r_o angel_n or_o gospel-ministry_n chap._n 1._o 1_o 20_o fly_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n to_o denote_v the_o swift_a public_a and_o universal_a public_a tion_n of_o the_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n chap._n 8.13_o have_v commit_v unto_o he_o 2_o cor._n 5.19_o the_o 11_o everlasting_a gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o all_o his_o prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v which_o be_v to_o bring_v in_o everlasting_a right_a eousne_n s_o dan._n 9.24_o act_n 3_o 21-26_a rev._n 16.7_o too_o preach_v unto_o all_o they_o than_z dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n and_o to_o 22_o every_o nation_n of_o pagan_n mahometan_n and_o antichristian_a gentile_n and_o kindred_n or_o tribe_n of_o israeli_n es_fw-la and_o tongue_n or_o the_o various_a people_n of_o several_a language_n among_o they_o and_o peope_n i._n e._n to_o the_o whole_a multitude_n of_o each_o 10_o there_o be_v no_o angel_n mention_v before_o but_o only_o a_o voice_n verse_n 2._o by_o another_o angel_n here_o must_v also_o be_v understand_v another_o voice_n which_o word_n import_v utterance_n of_o doctrine_n as_o john_n the_o baptist_n be_v call_v the_o voice_n of_o one_o cry_v in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o this_o voice_n be_v here_o call_v a_o angel_n because_o it_o be_v pronounce_v by_o a_o angelical_a voice_n or_o speaker_n who_o be_v see_v whereas_o the_o former_a be_v only_o hear_v so_o that_o this_o be_v another_o or_o a_o distinct_a voice_n or_o angel_n from_o the_o former_a whereby_o a_o certain_a order_n of_o voice_n be_v plain_o represent_v which_o be_v also_o seven_o in_o number_n and_o distinct_o reckon_v up_o may_v very_o well_o be_v account_v the_o seven_o thunder_n open_v into_o loud_a and_o distinct_a voice_n 11_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n be_v the_o main_a subject_a and_o scope_n of_o these_o vision_n it_o must_v therefore_o be_v here_o refer_v to_o which_o be_v call_v everlasting_a 1._o because_o it_o be_v the_o doctrine_n or_o mystery_n design_v by_o god_n from_o everlasting_a praefigure_v in_o all_o the_o type_n of_o the_o old_a law_n and_o preach_v or_o speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o all_o the_o prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v by_o which_o phrase_n eternity_n be_v signify_v in_o scripture_n see_v act_n 3_o 21-26_a rom._n 16.25_o 26._o 1_o cor._n 2.7_o rev._n 10.7_o 2._o because_o it_o be_v to_o bring_v in_o the_o everlasting_a righteousness_n mention_v dan._n 9.24_o or_o the_o way_n of_o become_v righteous_a in_o the_o account_n of_o god_n by_o christ_n alone_o which_o will_v then_o be_v full_o manifest_v to_o be_v no_o new_a doctrine_n as_o the_o apostasy_n at_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o reformation_n assert_v it_o to_o be_v but_o the_o way_n which_o be_v from_o everlasting_a and_o shall_v be_v until_o the_o end_n of_o all_o thing_n i_o think_v it_o may_v not_o be_v unfit_a to_o observe_v in_o this_o place_n that_o the_o apostasy_n that_o it_o may_v be_v a_o perfect_a antichristian_a counterfeit_v of_o christ_n kingdom_n do_v pretend_v to_o a_o new_a gospel_n call_v the_o 238-246_a the_o bishop_n stillingfleet_n of_o idol_n chap._n 4._o p._n 238-246_a eternal_a gospel_n contain_v many_o extravagant_a and_o blasphemous_a opinion_n and_o assert_v that_o the_o scripture_n contain_v not_o the_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n but_o be_v to_o give_v way_n to_o a_o new_a gospel_n which_o shall_v take_v place_n in_o a._n d._n 1260._o six_o year_n after_o the_o preach_n of_o it_o which_o gospel_n be_v so_o much_o favour_v by_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o court_n of_o rome_n that_o a_o book_n write_v against_o it_o be_v burn_v by_o their_o order_n and_o although_o they_o be_v at_o last_o force_v to_o burn_v the_o eternal_a gospel_n also_o yet_o it_o be_v do_v secret_o and_o with_o much_o unwillingness_n 12_o this_o be_v a_o pleonasm_n or_o a_o figure_n wherein_o by_o a_o redundant_fw-la accumulation_n of_o many_o particular_n be_v express_v the_o preach_n of_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n for_o the_o bring_n in_o of_o all_o nation_n whereby_o ethnic_n or_o gentile_n of_o all_o sort_n be_v mean_v in_o scripture_n and_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n according_a to_o hosea_n 6_o 13_a matth._n 24.14_o rom._n 11.25_o 26._o which_o be_v to_o be_v near_o the_o end_n when_o the_o deliverer_n shall_v come_v out_o of_o zion_n and_o after_o two_o day_n in_o the_o three_o day_n which_o dr._n pocock_n on_o hosea_n extend_v even_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o other_o with_o more_o reason_n to_o the_o end_n of_o 11._o of_o see_v on_o chap._n 11._o 9_o 11._o antichristian_a or_o gentile_a time_n when_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v appear_v and_o they_o who_o have_v know_v something_o of_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v follow_v on_o to_o know_v the_o lord_n more_o full_o and_o perfect_o by_o the_o preach_n of_o this_o everlasting_a gospel_n hos_fw-la 6.3_o 7_o say_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n i._n e._n after_o a_o zealous_a and_o most_o powerful_a manner_n fear_v god_n and_o not_o idol_n isaiah_n 8.12_o 13._o and_o give_v glory_n to_o he_o alone_a and_o not_o to_o creature_n angel_n and_o saint_n for_o the_o hour_n or_o precise_a time_n and_o appoint_a season_n of_o his_o judgement_n government_n or_o 13_o kingdom_n and_o of_o his_o judgement_n on_o all_o manner_n of_o idolatry_n pagan_a and_o antichristian_a which_o he_o will_v no_o long_o wink_v at_o be_v come_v and_o worship_v he_o therefore_o the_o creator_n of_o all_o thing_n that_o make_a heaven_n 14_o and_o earth_n and_o the_o sea_n and_o the_o fountain_n of_o water_n of_o the_o great_a deep_a gen._n 7.11_o 13_o so_o judgement_n often_o signify_v in_o the_o old_a testament_n as_o psalm_n 72.1_o 2._o and_o in_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n 14_o the_o heathen_n worship_v all_o the_o part_n of_o nature_n even_o the_o sea_n river_n and_o fountain_n as_o be_v clear_o prove_v by_o idolatr_n by_o de_fw-fr idolatr_n vossius_fw-la which_o the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n antichristian_a dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n part_v 2._o lib._n 1.17_o bishop_n stillingfleet_n four_o conference_n concern_v idolatry_n apostasy_n also_o have_v imitate_v in_o appoint_v tutelar_a saint_n and_o angel_n to_o most_o of_o the_o part_n of_o the_o creation_n and_o in_o introduce_v a_o worship_n which_o be_v but_o a_o image_n or_o a_o new_a model_n of_o paganism_n do_v their_o idolatry_n may_v be_v here_o mean_v 8_o and_o there_o follow_v another_o 15_o angel_n or_o gospel-ministry_n say_n i._n e._n preach_v and_o denounce_v this_o great_a truth_n 16_o babylon_n i._n e._n antichristian_a or_o papal_a rome_n be_v 17_o fall_v be_v fall_v i._n e._n will_v as_o certain_o fall_v in_o a_o short_a time_n as_o if_o it_o be_v a_o ready_a fall_v that_o great_a city_n of_o a_o large_a juri_fw-la diction_n and_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n because_o she_o make_v all_o nation_n drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o 18_o wrath_n
very_o favourable_a to_o the_o christian_n 6_o and_o i_o hear_v a_o voice_n 13_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n i._n e._n from_o christ_n in_o his_o apostolical_a church_n chap._n 5._o 6._o say_v a_o 15_o measure_n of_o wheat_n for_o a_o penny_n and_o three_o measure_n of_o barley_n for_o a_o penny_n i._n e._n let_v exact_a care_n be_v observe_v about_o necessary_a food_n for_o eat_v and_o see_v thou_o hurt_v or_o diminish_v not_o the_o oil_n and_o the_o wine_n i_o e._n let_v no_o fraud_n be_v use_v in_o drink_n and_o 16_o medicine_n 15_o a_o famine_n can_v be_v here_o describe_v because_o that_o scarcity_n can_v not_o be_v great_a where_o barley_n and_o wheat_n be_v not_o want_v nor_o even_o wine_n and_o oil_n which_o be_v rather_o the_o comfort_n of_o life_n than_o the_o necessary_n and_o therefore_o this_o verse_n refer_v to_o the_o strict_a justice_n and_o diligent_a care_n observe_v by_o severus_n and_o alexander_n about_o public_a provision_n for_o which_o they_o be_v signal_o remarkable_a in_o history_n but_o this_o voice_n be_v hear_v so_o remarkable_o among_o the_o four_o beast_n that_o be_v as_o speak_v by_o christ_n who_o be_v represent_v as_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o chap._n 5.6_o seem_v to_o intimate_v something_o relate_v to_o christ_n church_n and_o that_o very_o remarkable_a which_o i_o shall_v endeavour_v to_o explain_v by_o what_o be_v offer_v by_o dr._n beverley_n a_o person_n of_o deep_a thought_n and_o of_o great_a insight_n in_o these_o matter_n he_o think_v then_o that_o by_o the_o balance_n in_o the_o rider_n hand_n be_v figure_v christ_n weigh_v the_o church_n purity_n in_o the_o exact_a balance_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n according_a to_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o he_o by_o ezekiel_n chap._n 25.9_o 10-25_a that_o he_o the_o prince_n shall_v take_v care_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n there_o prefigure_v that_o their_o oblation_n or_o worship_n shall_v be_v exact_a according_a to_o the_o old_a standard_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n from_o which_o they_o have_v swerve_v of_o which_o worship_n or_o daily_a service_n wheat_n oil_n and_o wine_n be_v the_o symbol_n they_o be_v the_o constant_a attendant_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n as_o appear_v from_o exod._n 29.40_o numb_a 28.7_o barley_n also_o denote_v the_o christian_a oblation_n in_o the_o sacrament_n and_o their_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n because_o barley_n be_v use_v in_o no_o oblation_n except_o in_o that_o of_o the_o suspect_a wife_n numb_a 5.15_o but_o in_o the_o oblation_n of_o the_o first_o fruit_n of_o their_o harvest_n leu._n 23.9_o which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o christian_a eucharistical_a oblation_n as_o mr._n sacrifice_n mr._n book_n 1._o disc_n 51._o and_o in_o his_o christian_a sacrifice_n m●de_n have_v show_v and_o two_o he_o think_v that_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o seal_n be_v as_o it_o be_v weigh_v in_o the_o two_o scale_n of_o this_o balance_n the_o one_o half_a of_o it_o be_v run_v out_o at_o the_o time_n when_o these_o balance_n appear_v to_o wit_n a._n d._n 235._o when_o alexander_n severus_n death_n put_v a_o end_n to_o this_o seal_n for_o the_o first_o seal_n beginning_n at_o the_o resurrection_n a._n d._n 33._o if_o you_o add_v to_o that_o 202_o year_n the_o moiety_n of_o the_o whole_a seal_n the_o first_o half-time_n will_v fall_v upon_o the_o year_n 235._o the_o other_o half_o extend_v to_o 437_o where_o he_o date_n the_o begin_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o apostasy_n which_o will_v be_v make_v out_o more_o full_o in_o the_o process_n of_o these_o annotation_n 16_o wine_n and_o oil_n be_v also_o use_v in_o the_o cure_n of_o wound_n and_o for_o medicine_n isa_n 1.6_o luke_n 10.34_o 7_o and_o when_o he_o have_v open_v the_o four_o seal_n i_o hear_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o fo●rth_a beast_n 17_o say_v come_v and_o see_v what_o judgement_n god_n will_v bring_v upon_o the_o heathen_a empire_n for_o their_o impenitence_n 17_o the_o church_n continue_v still_o apostolical_a because_o the_o live_a creature_n still_o speak_v although_o the_o thunder_n or_o mighty_a power_n and_o efficacy_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v depart_v from_o it_o and_o the_o apostolical_a ministry_n here_o call_v upon_o he_o to_o consider_v the_o obstinacy_n and_o impenitency_n of_o the_o pagan_a empire_n notwithstanding_o the_o gospel_n have_v be_v preach_v among_o they_o for_o so_o long_a a_o time_n and_o that_o therefore_o god_n have_v resolve_v utter_o to_o destroy_v they_o after_o he_o have_v try_v whether_o he_o can_v reclaim_v they_o by_o his_o severe_a judgement_n among_o who_o yet_o he_o preserve_v a_o remnant_n of_o christian_n to_o be_v a_o holy_a seed_n according_a to_o god_n denunciation_n in_o a_o parallel_n case_n ezek._n 14_o 12-23_a now_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o live_a creature_n or_o of_o the_o apostolical_a representative_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n still_o continue_v we_o may_v reasonable_o conclude_v that_o the_o ephesine_n or_o apostolical_a succession_n last_v during_o these_o four_o first_o seal_n among_o the_o apostolical_a ministry_n of_o which_o succession_n we_o may_v just_o reckon_v not_o only_o the_o apostle_n and_o apostolical_a man_n but_o the_o primitive_a writer_n and_o witness_n of_o these_o time_n from_o justin_n martyr_n to_o origen_n who_o by_o their_o apology_n exemplary_a life_n and_o death_n and_o learned_a write_n justify_v the_o christian_a religion_n confute_v judaisme_n and_o paganism_n and_o call_v upon_o the_o empire_n to_o repent_v many_o of_o they_o foretel_v its_o fall_n and_o the_o rise_v of_o antichristianism_n upon_o it_o and_o speak_v plain_o concern_v the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n for_o which_o see_v mr._n mede_n dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o dr._n cressener_n 8_o and_o i_o look_v and_o behold_v a_o 18_o pale_a horse_n i._n e._n great_a slaughter_n and_o mortality_n and_o his_o name_n that_o sit_v thereon_o be_v death_n and_o hell_n or_o the_o grave_n follow_v with_o he_o as_o his_o attendant_n and_o power_n be_v give_v unto_o they_o over_o the_o four_o 19_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n to_o kill_v with_o the_o sword_n i._n e._n by_o war_n and_o with_o hunger_n i_o e._n by_o famine_n and_o with_o death_n i._n e._n by_o the_o pestilence_n jer._n 9.21_o and_o with_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o earth_n 18_o the_o state_n of_o the_o empire_n from_o maximin_n to_o diocletian_a that_o be_v from_o a._n d._n 235._o to_o a._n d._n 284._o be_v here_o plain_o characterise_v for_o 1._o maximin_n be_v a_o thracian_a who_o country_n lie_v northward_o according_a to_o the_o station_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n the_o eagle_n 2._o in_o that_o small_a space_n of_o time_n there_o be_v above_o twenty_o emperor_n not_o reckon_v the_o thirty_o tyrant_n under_o gallienus_n must_v of_o they_o very_o short-lived_a and_o come_v to_o untimely_a end_n which_o be_v very_o apposite_o represent_v by_o death_n sit_v upon_o a_o pale_a horse_n instead_o of_o a_o rider_n 3._o beside_o the_o persecution_n of_o the_o christian_n the_o whole_a roman_a empire_n be_v then_o grievous_o harass_v by_o cruel_a and_o barbarous_a emperor_n by_o civil_a war_n and_o foreign_a invasion_n the_o persian_n and_o asiatick_n scythian_n break_v in_o upon_o the_o eastern_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o goth_n about_o the_o same_o time_n invade_v the_o western_a after_o a_o most_o terrible_a manner_n about_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o gallus_n a._n d._n 251._o baron_n 251._o pagi_n in_o baron_n or_o 252._o as_o zozimus_n observe_v 4._o in_o this_o period_n there_o be_v a_o dreadful_a plague_n that_o last_v for_o fifteen_o year_n together_o which_o begin_v in_o aethiopia_n go_v through_o most_o of_o the_o province_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n upon_o the_o occasion_n of_o which_o cyprian_n write_v his_o book_n de_fw-fr mortalitate_fw-la and_o against_o demetrian_a where_o that_o holy_a gospel-witness_a attribute_n that_o mortality_n to_o the_o impiety_n and_o persecution_n of_o the_o pagan_n and_o not_o to_o the_o innocent_a religion_n of_o the_o christian_n and_o serious_o exhort_v the_o heathen_n to_o a_o speedy_a repentance_n and_o there_o be_v a_o famine_n also_o as_o dionysius_n 7.22_o dionysius_n euseb_n 7.22_o alexandrinus_n testify_v who_o live_v at_o that_o time_n after_o which_o desolation_n it_o be_v a_o frequent_a thing_n in_o those_o country_n for_o the_o wild_a beast_n to_o ravage_v and_o to_o break_v in_o into_o their_o very_a city_n and_o commit_v great_a slaughter_v which_o be_v a_o judgement_n threaten_v in_o scripture_n leu._n 26.22_o deut._n 32.24_o ezek._n 14.15_o 19_o the_o roman_a empire_n seem_v to_o be_v call_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o four_o of_o the_o earth_n because_o it_o be_v the_o four_o earthly_a monarchy_n prophesy_v of_o by_o daniel_n after_o which_o the_o heavenly_a kingdom_n be_v
when_o he_o arrive_v to_o his_o kingship_n and_o supremacy_n than_o this_o other_o beast_n become_v his_o false_a prophet_n serve_v and_o advance_v he_o by_o lie_v miracle_n and_o wonder_n 14_o for_o they_o three_o frog_n be_v indeed_o the_o spirit_n 25_o of_o devil_n like_a frog_n work_n 26_o lie_v miracle_n 2_o thes_n 2_o 9-11_a rev._n 13.13_o 14._o which_o go_v f_o rth_n unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a potentate_n and_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n psalm_n 2.1_o 2._o judg._n 5.3.19_o rev._n 20_o 7-10_a and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n chap._n 20.8_o to_o gather_v they_o by_o exciting_a and_o engage_v they_o to_o the_o 27_o battle_n of_o that_o 28_o great_a day_n of_o god_n almighty_n chap._n 19.19_o 25_o these_o wicked_a agent_n for_o paganism_n and_o aneichristianism_n be_v call_v spirit_n of_o devil_n because_o they_o be_v act_v and_o influence_v by_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o angel_n who_o ever_o since_o their_o fall_n have_v be_v permit_v to_o make_v bold_a attempt_n full_a of_o malice_n and_o rage_n against_o god_n and_o christ_n kingdom_n 26_o they_o be_v permit_v according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o the_o egyptian_a magician_n to_o work_v lie_v wonder_n as_o the_o devil_n have_v frequent_o do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o paganism_n and_o antichristianism_n 27_o this_o be_v the_o first_o battle_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v wherein_o they_o be_v overcome_v and_o the_o wisdom_n and_o extraordinary_a power_n of_o god_n style_v here_o upon_o that_o account_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o respect_n of_o his_o rule_n and_o dominion_n over_o all_o thing_n and_o his_o power_n by_o which_o he_o be_v able_a to_o perform_v they_o be_v manifest_v in_o the_o defeat_n of_o the_o devil_n who_o have_v summon_v all_o his_o force_n and_o power_n together_o under_o the_o wise_a holy_a and_o incomprehensible_a justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o god_n to_o show_v his_o utmost_a malice_n and_o rage_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n see_v on_o chap._n 19.19_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 28_o wherein_o he_o will_v manifest_v his_o uncontrollable_a power_n and_o absolute_a dominion_n after_o the_o most_o extraordinary_a manner_n beyond_o any_o thing_n which_o have_v as_o yet_o appear_v 15_o behold_v 29_o say_v christ_n i_o come_v or_o be_o just_a ready_a to_o come_v in_o my_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n as_o 30_o a_o thief_n i._n e._n on_o a_o sudden_a and_o after_o a_o surprise_v manner_n chap._n 3.3_o 10_o 11._o bless_a in_o that_o happy_a state_n dan._n 12.12_o be_v he_o that_o 31_o watch_v in_o this_o time_n of_o trouble_n and_o temptation_n and_o they_o who_o shall_v be_v find_v so_o do_v when_o i_o come_v luke_n 12_o 35-40_a and_o 32_o bless_a also_o be_v he_o that_o keep_v his_o garment_n i._n e._n his_o purity_n righteousness_n and_o innocency_n chap._n 19.8_o lest_o lose_v his_o righteousness_n he_o walk_v naked_a and_o they_o see_v his_o shame_n i._n e._n his_o shameful_a nakedness_n be_v discover_v to_o his_o utter_a confusion_n and_o he_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o paradise_n as_o his_o naked_a first_o parent_n be_v gen._n 3._o 2_o cor._n 5.3_o 29_o these_o word_n be_v a_o parenthesis_n speak_v by_o christ_n to_o those_o who_o profess_v his_o religion_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o gentleness_n and_o tender_a care_n of_o they_o command_v they_o to_o watch_v over_o themselves_o with_o great_a diligence_n and_o signify_v what_o their_o state_n shall_v be_v in_o his_o kingdom_n just_o approach_v intimate_v by_o the_o word_n bless_v take_v from_o dan._n 12.12_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o the_o like_a import_n with_o this_o 30_o christ_n be_v every_o where_o represent_v 5.2_o represent_v matth._n 24._o 1_o thess_n 5.2_o in_o scripture_n as_o come_v of_o a_o sudden_a to_o his_o kingdom_n notwithstanding_o the_o many_o prognostic_n give_v of_o it_o and_o preparation_n to_o it_o because_o his_o actual_a appear_v will_v be_v on_o a_o sudden_a and_o by_o surprise_n 31_o 32_o hereby_o be_v signify_v that_o all_o they_o shall_v be_v bless_v who_o have_v watch_v for_o christ_n with_o oil_n in_o their_o vessel_n as_o well_o as_o their_o lamp_n and_o shall_v be_v find_v real_o unite_v to_o he_o and_o have_v on_o his_o righteousness_n when_o he_o come_v in_o his_o kingdom_n see_v chap._n 3._o 16_o and_o he_o 33_o i._n e._n the_o spirit_n of_o devil_n under_o the_o justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o almighty_a god_n in_o order_n to_o his_o glory_n and_o the_o punishment_n of_o his_o enemy_n judg._n 4.7_o joel_n 3.11_o 12._o gather_v they_o i._n e._n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n together_o by_o their_o instigation_n and_o power_n ever_o they_o into_o a_o place_n call_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n 34_o armageddon_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o most_o powerful_a and_o diabolical_a confederacy_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n psal_n 2._o 33_o it_o be_v evident_a from_o verse_n 14._o that_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v perform_v by_o the_o three_o evil_a spirit_n where_o yet_o as_o well_o as_o in_o this_o verse_n a_o verb_n of_o the_o singular_a number_n be_v make_v use_n of_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o greek_a language_n when_o a_o noun_n of_o the_o neuter_n gender_n be_v refer_v to_o and_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v some_o desperate_a attempt_n manage_v by_o the_o wicked_a of_o the_o old_a earth_n at_o the_o instigation_n and_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o evil_a spirit_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n just_a ready_a to_o appear_v in_o which_o they_o be_v discomfit_v after_o some_o extraordinary_a and_o miraculous_a manner_n as_o sisera_n be_v at_o megiddo_n judg._n 4_o 15.5_o 20._o and_o be_v confine_v by_o god_n in_o a_o miserable_a and_o most_o contemptible_a condition_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o the_o expire_a of_o which_o satan_n and_o his_o wicked_a king_n and_o nation_n be_v again_o loose_v see_v chap._n 20._o 34_o the_o word_n signify_v the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n call_v megiddon_n by_o the_o lxx_o the_o zech._n 12.11_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d lxx_o prophet_n a_o royal_a city_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o issachar_n but_o belong_v to_o manasseh_n which_o 1.27_o which_o josh_n 17.11_o 12._o judg._n 1.27_o the_o canaanite_n inhabit_v in_o despite_n of_o the_o child_n of_o manasseh_n and_o be_v 4._o be_v judg._n chapter_n 3_o and_o 4._o famous_a for_o the_o miraculous_a defeat_n of_o sisera_n and_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n a_o type_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n by_o barak_n and_o the_o israelite_n who_o come_v down_o from_o mount_n tabor_n which_o be_v not_o far_o from_o that_o place_n and_o discomfit_v they_o at_o the_o water_n of_o megiddo_n in_o the_o hilly_a as_o loc_n as_o in_o loc_n grotius_n think_v and_o mountainous_a part_n of_o that_o place_n and_o also_o for_o the_o death_n of_o 27._o of_o 2_o king_n 9_o 27._o ahaziah_n but_o especial_o of_o 20-27_a of_o 2_o king_n 23.29_o 30._o 2_o chron._n 35_o 20-27_a josiah_n who_o receive_v his_o deadly_a wound_n with_o a_o great_a slaughter_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n where_o he_o be_v bewail_v with_o so_o great_a a_o lamentation_n that_o the_o mourning_n in_o that_o valley_n be_v use_v by_o way_n of_o a_o proverbial_a speech_n by_o the_o prophet_n zechariah_n and_o megiddo_n be_v interpret_v by_o the_o lxx_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o slay_v or_o cut_v off_o as_o if_o it_o signify_v a_o place_n of_o great_a grief_n and_o slaughter_n and_o the_o name_n of_o this_o place_n be_v make_v choice_n of_o here_o perhaps_o to_o signify_v 1._o that_o satan_n shall_v be_v discomfit_v and_o that_o although_o he_o make_v choice_n of_o the_o most_o advantageous_a place_n to_o defend_v himself_o signify_v by_o the_o mountain_n encompass_v the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n for_o the_o canaanite_n have_v have_v a_o terrible_a defeat_n in_o the_o valley_n satan_n the_o leader_n of_o these_o wicked_a king_n of_o the_o earth_n may_v be_v suppose_v now_o to_o make_v choice_n of_o new_a stratagem_n signify_v by_o the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n according_a to_o the_o 20.23_o the_o 1_o king_n 20.23_o notion_n receive_v among_o idolater_n that_o the_o god_n of_o the_o hill_n be_v strong_a than_o the_o god_n of_o the_o plain_a 2._o with_o reference_n to_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o by_o 39.4_o by_o chap._n 39.4_o ezekiel_n concern_v gog_n the_o type_n of_o these_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o he_o shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n 3._o megiddo_n be_v choose_v as_o the_o type_n and_o symbol_n of_o the_o place_n of_o this_o battle_n of_o decision_n to_o show_v that_o satan_n intend_v the_o destruction_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o succeed_v
candle_n shall_v shine_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n thou_o shall_v be_v perpetual_a darkness_n and_o desolation_n without_o the_o least_o comfort_n jer._n 25.10_o and_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o bridegroom_n and_o of_o the_o bride_n shall_v be_v hear_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e_fw-la thy_o polity_n and_o society_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o propagate_v but_o shall_v utter_o cease_v together_o with_o all_o the_o joy_n of_o thy_o former_a solemnity_n and_o festivity_n jerem._n 7_o 34.16_o 9_o and_o all_o this_o shall_v come_v upon_o thou_o for_o or_o because_o thy_o merchant_n who_o proselyrted_a soul_n to_o their_o destruction_n and_o make_v gain_n of_o godliness_n be_v the_o great_a 21_o man_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n be_v lordly_a worldly_a ambitious_a and_o sensual_a and_o also_o because_o or_o for_o by_o thy_o sorcery_n i._n e._n idolatry_n and_o superstition_n be_v all_o nation_n deceive_v 21_o see_v on_o chap._n 6.15_o it_o be_v a_o expression_n take_v from_o isa_n 23.8_o where_o it_o relate_v to_o the_o merchant_n of_o tyre_n a_o crown_n or_o imperial_a city_n and_o a_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n who_o worldly_a and_o ambitious_a clergy_n be_v here_o signify_v 24_o and_o in_o she_o be_v also_o find_v the_o guilt_n of_o the_o blood_n of_o prophet_n or_o witness_n and_o of_o saint_n or_o holy_a person_n and_o of_o all_o 22_o that_o be_v slay_v upon_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n she_o be_v find_v guilty_a of_o persecution_n and_o bloodshed_n as_o well_o as_o idolatry_n and_o all_o which_o have_v be_v shed_v during_o the_o time_n of_o christianity_n be_v lay_v to_o her_o charge_n because_o she_o be_v the_o offspring_n of_o persecute_v parent_n have_v approve_v her_o forefather_n wicked_a deed_n and_o have_v fill_v up_o the_o measure_n of_o their_o iniquity_n jerem._n 2.34_o matth_n 23.29_o 39_o 22_o this_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v in_o the_o sense_n our_o saviour_n use_v the_o like_a expression_n concern_v jerusalem_n upon_o who_o he_o charge_v all_o the_o blood_n that_o have_v be_v spill_v from_o abel_n matth._n 23_o 29-39_a see_v also_o zech._n 5_o 5-11_a where_o the_o land_n of_o shinar_n or_o babylon_n be_v represent_v as_o have_v the_o house_n and_o basis_n or_o foundation_n of_o all_o wickedness_n in_o it_o as_o if_o she_o have_v be_v guilty_a of_o all_o manner_n of_o sin_n and_o all_o sinner_n be_v to_o be_v punish_v in_o the_o lake_n of_o her_o burn_n see_v note_v 19_o chap._n xix_o the_o text._n 1_o and_z after_z 1_o these_o thing_n i.e._n the_o thing_n see_v in_o the_o precedent_a chapter_n i_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n of_o much_o people_n in_o heaven_n i._n e._n of_o the_o innumerable_a company_n which_o stand_v before_o the_o throne_n and_o before_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 7.9_o saying_n 2_o alleluja_n i._n e._n praise_v you_o the_o lord_n salvation_n from_o all_o evil_n especial_o those_o suffer_v under_o antichristianity_n and_o glory_n and_o honour_n and_o power_n be_v ascribe_v unto_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n be_v to_o he_o alone_o for_o he_o be_v the_o sole_a author_n of_o all_o good_a annotation_n on_o chap._n xix_o 1_o from_o the_o first_o to_o the_o ten_o verse_n there_o be_v a_o vision_n of_o a_o triumphant_a and_o joyful_a appearance_n in_o heaven_n for_o the_o judgement_n upon_o the_o great_a whore_n describe_v in_o the_o two_o precede_a chapter_n and_o for_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o near_a approach_n of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n 2_o this_o word_n be_v first_o use_v psalm_n 104.35_o to_o express_v the_o psalmist_n joy_n upon_o the_o prospect_n of_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o his_o prediction_n or_o desire_v that_o sinner_n may_v be_v consume_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v here_o also_o make_v use_n of_o according_o upon_o the_o judgement_n execute_v upon_o antichrist_n god_n chief_a enemy_n and_o upon_o a_o prospect_n of_o the_o old_a earth_n be_v utter_o consume_v together_o with_o the_o wicked_a people_n of_o it_o and_o a_o new_a earth_n succeed_a in_o its_o place_n 2_o for_o true_a and_o righteous_a be_v his_o judgement_n and_o therefore_o be_v he_o to_o be_v praise_v for_o he_o have_v judge_v and_o punish_v the_o great_a whore_n or_o the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n which_o do_v corrupt_v and_o destroy_v jerem._n 51.25_o the_o earth_n with_o her_o fornication_n or_o idolatry_n and_o have_v avenge_v the_o blood_n of_o her_o servant_n at_o her_o hand_n i._n e._n have_v reward_v she_o abundant_o according_a to_o her_o demerit_n for_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o his_o faithful_a witness_n and_o servant_n chap_n 18._o 20._o 3_o and_o again_o or_o the_o second_o time_n they_o say_v alleluja_n to_o testify_v their_o joy_n upon_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o smoke_n the_o sign_n and_o token_n of_o her_o everlasting_a burn_n and_o her_o smoke_n rise_v up_o or_o be_v then_o in_o its_o ascent_n and_o that_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i.e._n she_o be_v punish_v with_o a_o everlasting_a destruction_n 4_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n 3_o and_o the_o beast_n i_o e._n the_o representative_n of_o the_o jewish_a and_o christian_a church_n chap._n 4._o fall_v down_o and_o worship_v god_n that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n say_v amen_o allelujah_o i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o very_a great_a appearance_n and_o manifestation_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n and_o the_o justice_n of_o god_n judgement_n be_v acknowledge_v with_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n 3_o the_o elder_n of_o the_o church_n of_o israel_n be_v place_v first_o in_o this_o appearance_n of_o the_o divine_a confessus_fw-la or_o sanhedrim_n from_o whence_o it_o may_v be_v conclude_v that_o this_o be_v a_o vision_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem-state_n in_o which_o the_o israelite_n as_o the_o first_o bear_v be_v to_o have_v the_o pre-eminence_n who_o according_a to_o all_o prophecy_n and_o rom._n 11._o be_v to_o be_v convert_v and_o restore_v to_o their_o own_o land_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v and_o perhaps_o for_o this_o reason_n also_o be_v the_o hebrew_n word_n allelujah_o here_o retain_v 5_o and_o a_o voice_n 4_o come_v out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o throne_n from_o christ_n see_v chap._n 5_o 6._o 7_o 17._o say_n by_o way_n of_o holy_a excitement_n and_o encouragement_n praise_v our_o god_n my_o god_n as_o well_o as_o you_o john_n 20.17_o rev._n 3.12_o all_o you_o his_o servant_n and_o you_o that_o fear_v and_o worship_n he_o both_o small_a and_o great_a i._n e._n of_o whatsoever_o nation_n quality_n and_o condition_n you_o be_v for_o god_n be_v no_o respecter_n of_o person_n psalm_n 115.11_o 13._o act_n 2_o 5.10_o 34_o 35._o gal._n 3.28_o 4_o this_o voice_n seem_v to_o be_v a_o heavenly_a excitement_n to_o all_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n gentiles_n and_o jew_n small_a and_o great_a of_o all_o nation_n now_o convert_v to_o join_v with_o the_o heavenly_a assembly_n in_o render_v praise_n to_o god_n 6_o and_o immediate_o upon_o this_o efficacious_a exhortation_n from_o out_o of_o the_o throne_n i_o hear_v as_o it_o be_v the_o voice_n of_o a_o great_a multitude_n and_o as_o the_o voice_n of_o many_o water_n and_o as_o the_o voice_n of_o mighty_a thundering_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o mighty_a appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o powerful_a communication_n from_o the_o heavenly_a throne_n to_o all_o his_o servant_n upon_o earth_n that_o fear_v he_o and_o heaven_n and_o earth_n join_v in_o praise_n saying_n alleluja_n for_o the_o lord_n 5_o god_n omnipotent_a now_o reign_v and_o that_o glorious_o isa_n 4.23_o 5_o these_o word_n be_v take_v from_o isaiah_n 24_o 21-23_a where_o it_o be_v prophesy_v that_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o host_n or_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a shall_v reign_v in_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n and_o before_o his_o ancient_n or_o elder_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o that_o glorious_o after_o he_o have_v punish_v and_o shut_v up_o in_o prison_n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o clear_a proof_n that_o the_o reign_n of_o god_n here_o mention_v have_v a_o respect_n to_o the_o reign_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n after_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o wicked_a king_n and_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 20._o 7_o let_v we_o be_v glad_a and_o rejoice_v exceed_o and_o give_v honour_v or_o praise_n luke_n 17.18_o to_o he_o alone_a for_o the_o marriage_n 6_o of_o the_o lamb_n christ_n with_o his_o church_n 2._o cor._n 11.2_o eph._n 5.32_o be_v now_o actual_o come_v in_o and_o by_o the_o come_n of_o his_o kingdom_n psalm_n 45._o matt._n 22_o 11.25_o 1-13_a luke_n 12.36_o and_o his_o wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a i._n e._n the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n be_v now_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n rev._n 21.2_o 6_o christ_n be_v represent_v frequent_o it_o frequent_o
watchful_a over_o such_o pretender_n especial_o at_o a_o time_n and_o in_o a_o nation_n so_o prone_a to_o enthusiasm_n and_o so_o easy_o transport_v into_o irregular_a practice_n upon_o any_o new_a or_o unusual_a occurrence_n but_o although_o due_a caution_n be_v commendable_a yet_o a_o settle_a aversion_n to_o or_o a_o careless_a neglect_n of_o search_v into_o scripture_n prophecy_n may_v be_v of_o as_o ill_a effect_n to_o the_o public_a as_o the_o confidence_n of_o false_a pretender_n to_o the_o interpretation_n of_o they_o or_o the_o rashness_n of_o the_o giddy_a multitude_n can_v possible_o be_v and_o i_o can_v see_v what_o excuse_n learned_a man_n can_v have_v for_o not_o weigh_v and_o consider_v what_o be_v offer_v from_o scripture_n history_n and_o reason_n towards_o the_o clear_n up_o of_o that_o prophecy_n to_o the_o study_n of_o which_o the_o reward_n of_o blessedness_n be_v promise_v in_o it_o rashness_n and_o groundless_a confidence_n and_o pretence_n to_o immediate_a impulse_n when_o not_o agreeable_a to_o scripture_n or_o reason_n be_v indeed_o to_o be_v despise_v and_o it_o be_v fit_a that_o even_o those_o who_o propagate_v truth_n after_o a_o turbulent_a and_o zelotick_a manner_n shall_v be_v restrain_v but_o when_o thing_n which_o may_v seem_v something_o strange_a and_o uncommon_a be_v offer_v by_o man_n of_o piety_n and_o learning_n although_o with_o a_o air_n of_o some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a assurance_n it_o be_v very_o commendable_a to_o search_v into_o the_o ground_n of_o they_o and_o not_o whole_o to_o slight_v they_o although_o there_o may_v be_v a_o mixture_n of_o frailty_n and_o error_n in_o they_o for_o god_n do_v not_o now_o ordinary_o assist_v after_o a_o infallible_a manner_n and_o sometime_o permit_v even_o his_o prophet_n 4.27_o prophet_n 1_o sam._n 16.6_o 2_o sam._n 7.3_o 2_o king_n 4.27_o to_o err_v when_o their_o desire_n be_v too_o eager_a and_o their_o approbation_n even_o of_o a_o good_a design_n too_o hasty_a and_o they_o speak_v as_o man_n not_o as_o prophet_n enthusiasm_n which_o arise_v from_o a_o overheat_v imagination_n be_v indeed_o a_o dangerous_a disease_n of_o the_o soul_n and_o it_o be_v i_o must_v confess_v something_o difficult_a for_o the_o best_a and_o wise_a man_n to_o avoid_v all_o taint_n and_o infection_n of_o it_o whilst_o they_o be_v too_o intent_n upon_o the_o study_n of_o prophetical_a scripture_n especial_o of_o those_o part_n of_o it_o in_o which_o god_n who_o have_v afford_v we_o in_o scripture_n suitable_a matter_n for_o the_o exercise_n of_o all_o our_o intellectual_a capacity_n have_v condescend_v to_o the_o fancy_n and_o imagination_n of_o mankind_n and_o have_v entertair_v they_o as_o he_o have_v do_v in_o this_o book_n if_o i_o may_v so_o speak_v with_o a_o divine_a opera_fw-la represent_v the_o great_a transaction_n belong_v to_o his_o church_n in_o sacred_a emblem_n and_o hieroglyphic_n upon_o which_o consideration_n c●re_o have_v be_v take_v that_o no_o interpretation_n shall_v be_v insert_v into_o the_o paraphrase_n upon_o the_o text_n which_o be_v not_o think_v to_o be_v just_o ground_v upon_o the_o scripture_n quote_v in_o it_o and_o bare_a imagination_n have_v not_o be_v in_o the_o least_o indulge_v but_o in_o the_o annotation_n where_o it_o be_v lawful_a to_o exspatiate_v to_o propose_v conjecture_n to_o the_o learned_a world_n and_o to_o give_v the_o reins_n to_o fancy_n but_o under_o the_o curb_n and_o restraint_n of_o reason_n and_o prudence_n but_o although_o enthusiasm_n which_o be_v a_o false_a pretence_n to_o extraordinary_a impulse_n and_o inspiration_n from_o god_n be_v very_o pernicious_a to_o the_o soul_n of_o private_a person_n as_o well_o as_o to_o the_o public_a yet_o it_o be_v certain_o of_o very_o ill_a consequence_n rash_o to_o reject_v every_o thing_n as_o enthusiastic_a in_o the_o performance_n of_o which_o good_a sober_a and_o judicious_a person_n profess_v themselves_o to_o have_v find_v sometime_o more_o than_o ordinary_a assistance_n upon_o the_o due_a use_n of_o proper_a mean_n because_o it_o tend_v to_o the_o disparagement_n of_o the_o gift_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n encourage_v man_n in_o a_o jejune_n dry_a formality_n of_o religion_n without_o inward_a life_n and_o spirit_n and_o rob_v they_o of_o much_o of_o that_o joy_n and_o comfort_n they_o may_v otherwise_o find_v in_o harken_v what_o god_n the_o lord_n will_v say_v unto_o they_o by_o bring_v natural_a and_o reveal_v truth_n into_o their_o mind_n and_o by_o open_v and_o awaken_n their_o ear_n to_o discipline_n and_o instruction_n for_o god_n speak_v once_o yea_o twice_o but_o man_n perceive_v it_o not_o for_o let_v man_n of_o narrow_a soul_n or_o those_o who_o have_v accustom_v themselves_o only_o to_o dry_v reason_v think_v what_o they_o will_v it_o be_v evident_a enough_o from_o some_o man_n experience_n and_o from_o the_o very_a spirit_n and_o majesty_n which_o appear_v in_o their_o discourse_n that_o they_o be_v raise_v sometime_o above_o themselves_o and_o be_v afford_v a_o clear_a and_o large_a prospect_n of_o useful_a great_a and_o momentous_a truth_n than_o their_o faculty_n do_v ordinary_o arrive_v to_o or_o can_v have_v reach_v without_o divine_a assistance_n and_o extraordinary_a truth_n be_v not_o only_o to_o be_v expect_v from_o those_o who_o have_v a_o happy_a concurrence_n of_o all_o the_o endowment_n which_o complete_a a_o great_a genius_n but_o be_v frequent_o bestow_v upon_o man_n of_o mean_a ability_n such_o oar_n be_v often_o find_v amid_o much_o dross_n and_o many_o imperfection_n especial_o of_o style_n and_o other_o ornament_n which_o the_o world_n too_o much_o value_v and_o unreasonable_o dote_v upon_o god_n for_o the_o exaltation_n of_o free_a grace_n and_o that_o man_n may_v not_o glory_n in_o themselves_o and_o attribute_v thing_n to_o their_o own_o skill_n sometime_o make_v use_n of_o the_o foolish_a weak_a and_o base_a thing_n of_o the_o world_n to_o confound_v the_o wise_a the_o mighty_a and_o most_o valuable_a thing_n in_o the_o esteem_n of_o men._n and_o therefore_o i_o hope_v that_o man_n of_o wit_n and_o natural_a accomplishment_n will_v not_o disdain_v to_o look_v into_o author_n who_o way_n of_o management_n may_v at_o first_o sight_n promise_v little_a much_o less_o rash_o despise_v great_a truth_n for_o not_o be_v clothe_v in_o a_o modish_a dress_n for_o many_o man_n who_o have_v true_a and_o just_a thought_n of_o thing_n be_v very_o unhappy_a in_o express_v they_o and_o they_o who_o much_o study_v the_o prophetical_a writer_n who_o style_n as_o the_o ingenious_a theorist_n of_o the_o earth_n true_o observe_v be_v rather_o bold_a and_o noble_a than_o just_o will_v contract_v a_o swell_a obscure_a and_o metaphorical_a style_n which_o elevate_v mind_n and_o even_o plato_n himself_o can_v not_o avoid_v nor_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o first_o 〈◊〉_d first_o plutarch_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d philosopher_n who_o be_v observe_v to_o have_v admit_v a_o divine_a principle_n into_o their_o philosophy_n the_o want_n of_o which_o be_v a_o unpardonable_a fault_n in_o aristotle_n and_o other_o as_o if_o a_o uncommon_a and_o free_a style_n be_v the_o effect_n of_o noble_a and_o divine_a thought_n and_o a_o too_o close_o and_o jejune_n one_o be_v the_o sign_n of_o a_o narrow_a and_o a_o atheistical_a disposition_n but_o whatsoever_o may_v be_v thougnt_a of_o the_o interpreter_n of_o this_o prophecy_n the_o prophecy_n itself_o be_v certain_o worthy_a the_o utmost_a thought_n of_o all_o pious_a learned_a and_o ingenious_a person_n who_o pain_n will_v be_v sufficient_o reward_v by_o the_o pleasure_n spiritual_a profit_n and_o advantage_n they_o will_v reap_v from_o it_o for_o what_o can_v afford_v great_a pleasure_n to_o pious_a mind_n than_o to_o have_v a_o view_n in_o lively_a emblem_n of_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o majesty_n of_o tne_n great_a god_n and_o to_o see_v his_o glory_n and_o goodness_n pass_v before_o they_o in_o mystical_a representation_n of_o his_o attribute_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o our_o redemption_n and_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o lamb_n slay_v from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n who_o can_v forbear_v break_v forth_o into_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n upon_o read_v the_o song_n of_o victory_n which_o the_o bless_a spirit_n sing_v before_o the_o throne_n or_o god_n at_o the_o several_a exaltation_n and_o triumph_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o who_o be_v so_o in_o love_n with_o this_o present_a world_n as_o not_o to_o wish_v that_o he_o be_v dissolve_v that_o he_o may_v be_v with_o christ_n in_o his_o holy_a mount_n 1._o mount_n chap._n 14._o 1._o and_o that_o even_o this_o earth_n and_o heaven_n might_n meit_fw-la and_o pass_v away_o although_o he_o himself_o shall_v suffer_v loss_n thereby_o and_o be_v save_v but_o so_o as_o by_o fire_n that_o he_o may_v be_v with_o christ_n and_o the_o bless_a saint_n in_o a_o new_a world_n wherein_o righteousness_n shall_v
〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_a representation_n in_o it_o of_o which_o the_o reader_n be_v here_o present_v with_o a_o general_a scheme_n the_o particular_n which_o be_v very_o many_o be_v to_o be_v careful_o observe_v and_o gather_v out_o of_o the_o book_n itself_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n 32._o ephesus_n chap._n 2._o 1-8_a see_v pag._n 20._o 32._o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o four_o first_o seal_n and_o reach_n from_o the_o resurrection_n a._n d._n 33._o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n a._n d._n 303._o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n 8-12_a smyrna_n chap._n 2._o 8-12_a in_o which_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n arise_v be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o seal_n and_o last_v until_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o first_o trumpet_n a._n d._n 437._o the_o church_n of_o perganus_n 1●15_a perganus_n chap._n 2._o 1●15_a begin_v to_o witness_v in_o sackcloth_n at_o the_o entrance_n of_o the_o apostasy_n a._n d._n 437._o and_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o first_o trumpet_n and_o part_n of_o the_o six_o and_o with_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o apostasy_n to_o a_o throne_n and_o the_o slay_v of_o the_o antipapal_a witness_n by_o excommunication_n and_o persecution_n until_o about_o the_o 12_o century_n or_o between_o a._n d._n 1100_o and_o 1200._o then_o arise_v the_o church_n of_o etc._n of_o chap._n 2._o 18._o etc._n etc._n thyatira_n witnese_v against_o the_o depth_n of_o satanical_a corruption_n which_o continue_v during_o the_o first_o slay_v of_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o mahometan_a woe_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n 10._o trumpet_n chap._n 10._o until_o the_o reformation_n a._n d._n 1517._o the_o church_n of_o sardis_n together_o with_o some_o low_a appearance_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n keep_v under_o by_o those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o reformation_n and_o be_v to_o last_v until_o some_o more_o perfect_a church_n state_n shall_v appear_v of_o which_o if_o the_o calculation_n 11._o calculation_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 10._o 7._o on_o chap._n 11._o 2_o 11._o frequent_o mention_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n prove_v true_a there_o will_v be_v some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a appearance_n about_o a._n d._n 1697._o when_o the_o beast_n month_n end_n the_o philadelphian_a 7-13_a philadelphian_a chap._n 3._o 7-13_a state_n the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n 19_o thyatira_n chap._n 2._o 19_o in_o its_o last_o work_n the_o undefiled_a 4._o undefiled_a chap._n ●_o 4._o name_n in_o sardis_n and_o those_o also_o of_o that_o state_n who_o this_o prophecy_n call_v they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o who_o shall_v come_v and_o unite_v themselves_o to_o the_o church_n of_o philadelphia_n carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n of_o thing_n during_o the_o 14_o the_o see_v chapter_n 14_o voice_n and_o the_o vial_n from_o the_o rise_n of_o that_o sit_v until_o the_o glorious_a millenium_fw-la that_o be_v if_o the_o calculation_n here_o advance_v 1-7_a advance_v chap._n 3._o 1-7_a prove_v true_a from_o a._n d._n 1697._o until_o 16._o until_o see_v chapter_n 14._o and_o 16._o a._n d._n 1727._o and_o from_o 1727_o to_o 1772._o after_o the_o millennium_n satan_n be_v loose_v for_o a_o short_a season_n gog_n and_o magog_n compass_v the_o city_n but_o be_v destroy_v and_o all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n be_v judge_v and_o perfect_o subdue_v with_o which_o the_o laodicean_n 20._o laodicean_n chap._n 3_o 14-22_a chap._n 20._o state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v cotemporary_a but_o beside_o these_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o church_n prophecy_n and_o the_o book_n prophecy_n it_o be_v very_o observable_a that_o there_o be_v very_o many_o vision_n in_o the_o book_n prophecy_n which_o synchronize_v one_o with_o another_o as_o be_v frequent_o observe_v in_o the_o annotation_n of_o which_o here_o be_v give_v a_o short_a specimen_fw-la refer_v the_o reader_n to_o the_o book_n itself_o for_o a_o large_a account_n of_o they_o synchron_n 1._o the_o seal_n and_o many_o particular_n in_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n be_v contemporary_a as_o will_v appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v the_o six_o chapter_n with_o the_o twelve_o synchron_n 2._o the_o barbarous_a nation_n chap._n 8._o 7._o enter_v as_o gentile_n into_o the_o outward_a court_n the_o worshipper_n in_o the_o inward_a temple_n the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o church_n actual_o fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v also_o contemporary_a see_v chapter_n 8._o c._n 11._o c._n 12._o synchron_n 3._o the_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n come_v into_o his_o succession_n and_o into_o his_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o ten_o king_n receive_v power_n all_o one_o hour_n with_o he_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o the_o sound_a of_o the_o three_o trumpet_n because_o when_o the_o former_a government_n be_v expire_v another_o must_v needs_o immediate_o come_v into_o succession_n synchron_n 4._o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a and_o the_o woman_n hide_v in_o the_o wilderness_n from_o the_o face_n of_o the_o serpent_n be_v synchronous_n synchron_n 5._o the_o end_n of_o the_o two_o time_n the_o beginning_n of_o half_a time_n the_o thunder_n voice_n utter_v and_o then_o seal_v be_v contemporary_a see_v chap._n 10._o synchron_n 6._o the_o full_a rise_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o great_a city_n the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o sound_n be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_n of_o the_o three_o time_n and_o half_a and_o of_o the_o 1260_o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n which_o be_v in_o a_o equal_a duration_n synchron_n 7._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o voices_z and_o the_o vial_n the_o judgement_n on_o the_o whore_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o lamb_n wife_n make_v herself_o ready_a be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 8._o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o satan_n bind_v the_o first_o resurrection_n the_o bless_a participation_n of_o it_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 9_o the_o thousand_o year_n expire_v satan_n lose_v the_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v together_o in_o time_n synchron_n 10._o the_o fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n satan_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n the_o dead_a judged_n and_o with_o death_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n synchronize_v with_o the_o white_a throne_n the_o laodicean_n saint_n sit_v down_o with_o christ_n upon_o it_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_n be_v chief_o these_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n the_o kingdom_n of_o satan_n carry_v on_o in_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n first_o as_o pagan_a then_o as_o antichristian_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n as_o apostolical_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n have_v leave_v its_o first_o love_n chap._n 2._o 4._o smyrna_n a_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n chap._n 2._o 9_o pergamus_n and_o antipas_n the_o throne_n of_o satan_n balaam_n and_o the_o nicolaitan_n chap._n 2._o 13_o 14_o 15._o the_o false_a prophet_n chap._n 16_o 13._o thyatira_n the_o depth_n of_o satan_n jezebel_n or_o the_o false_a prophetess_n chap._n 2._o 20_o 14._o the_o undefiled_a name_n in_o sardis_n those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 3_o 4_o 9_o philadelphia_n the_o laodicean_n lukewarmness_n the_o lamb._n the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o other_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o a_o limb._n chap._n 13._o 11._o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n chap._n 19_o 7._o the_o whore_n chap._n 17._o christ_n seal_v once_o and_o witness_n the_o mark_v slave_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13._o 16._o the_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n c._n 20_o 9.21.10_o babylon_n the_o great_a city_n reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 17._o and_o the_o city_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n at_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 20.8_o twelve_o the_o apostolical_a number_n c._n 7.4_o twenty_o five_o the_o antichristian_a name_n mark_v number_n c._n 13._o 18._o christ_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n chap._n 19_o 16._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 19_o 19_o the_o army_n which_o come_v in_o the_o heaven_n with_o christ_n c._n 19.14_o the_o army_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n chap._n 19_o 15_o 19_o 20_o 8._o errata_fw-la pag._n 6._o l._n 29._o read_v 16._o p._n 9_o l._n 5._o of_o the_o of_o this_o world_n p._n 13._o l._n 16._o r._n denote_v p._n 14._o l._n 24._o r._n full_a of_o p._n 21._o l._n 16._o r._n rom._n 2._o p._n 27._o l._n 27._o r._n good_n p._n 22._o l._n 32._o r._n 58._o p._n 41._o l._n 8._o f._n the_o r._n that_o
successor_n 16_o and_o say_v to_o the_o mountain_n and_o rock_n fall_v on_o we_o and_o hide_v we_o although_o by_o crush_a we_o in_o piece_n isa_n 2_o 19.-21_a hos_fw-la 10.8_o from_o the_o face_n or_o anger_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n god_n and_o from_o the_o wrath_n of_o the_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n that_o we_o may_v not_o see_v and_o feel_v the_o misery_n which_o be_v come_v upon_o we_o 17_o for_o the_o great_a 30_o day_n of_o his_o wrath_n i._n e._n the_o appoint_a time_n of_o his_o judgement_n be_v come_v and_o who_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o stand_v against_o it_o oppose_v or_o endure_v it_o 30_o this_o immediate_o refer_v to_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o pagan_a power_n by_o the_o christian_a empire_n and_o have_v also_o a_o relation_n to_o the_o final_a judgement_n upon_o antichrist_n when_o the_o martyr_n who_o be_v command_v to_o rest_n until_o that_o time_n shall_v be_v full_o avenge_v this_o judgement_n upon_o paganism_n by_o the_o christian_a empire_n be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o judgement_n at_o christ_n kingdom_n chap._n vii_o the_o text._n 1_o a_o and_o after_o these_o thing_n i_o see_v four_o angel_n 1_o i._n e._n minister_n of_o god_n providence_n stand_v in_o a_o readiness_n to_o execute_v god_n command_n upon_o the_o four_o corner_n i._n e._n angle_n or_o cardinal_n point_n ezek._n 7.2_o matth._n 24.31_o zech._n 2.6_o of_o the_o earth_n hold_v back_n or_o restrain_v the_o four_o wind_n or_o instrument_n of_o trouble_n and_o commotion_n jerem._n 49.36_o dan._n 7.2_o zech._n 6.5_o of_o the_o earth_n that_o the_o wind_n 2_o shall_v not_o blow_v upon_o the_o earth_n 3_o i._n e._n that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v not_o be_v disturb_v nor_o on_o the_o 3_o sea_n i._n e._n the_o common_a people_n chap._n 17.15_o nor_o on_o any_o tree_n 3_o i._n e._n the_o great_a one_o isa_n 2.13_o zech._n 11.2_o annotation_n on_o chap._n vii_o 1_o the_o live_a creature_n do_v not_o appear_v but_o angel_n in_o their_o stead_n and_o they_o stand_v on_o the_o angle_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o not_o on_o the_o angle_n of_o the_o throne_n as_o the_o live_a creature_n do_v whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o strict_a apostolical_a purity_n be_v abate_v as_o i_o have_v often_o remark_v as_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o the_o live_a creature_n in_o ezekiel_n remove_v by_o degree_n from_o the_o temple_n as_o it_o grow_v more_o and_o more_o pollute_a until_o they_o depart_v total_o from_o it_o read_v and_o diligent_o consider_v exek_v 8.4_o 6.9_o 3.10_o 15-19_a 11_o 23._o 2_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o quiet_a which_o the_o christian_a empire_n enjoy_v from_o constantine_n to_o theodosius_n in_o respect_n of_o what_o commotion_n be_v before_o in_o the_o empire_n whilst_o it_o be_v pagan_a and_o shall_v be_v afterward_o upon_o the_o death_n of_o theodosius_n when_o its_o ruin_n soon_o ensue_v upon_o the_o wind_n blow_v by_o the_o trumpet_n chap._n 8._o for_o by_o the_o wind_n not_o blow_v be_v not_o mean_v that_o they_o shall_v have_v no_o trouble_n and_o commotion_n but_o according_a to_o the_o usual_a import_n of_o such_o hyperbolical_a expression_n in_o scripture_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v so_o little_a or_o short_a as_o the_o tempest_n under_o julian_n be_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v in_o comparison_n nothing_o at_o all_o especial_o in_o respect_n of_o those_o commotion_n the_o empire_n be_v to_o undergo_v within_o a_o short_a season_n which_o will_v produce_v great_a change_n in_o it_o by_o introduce_v a_o new_a antichristian_a supremacy_n with_o ten_o king_n whereby_o the_o monarchick_a power_n of_o the_o empire_n according_a to_o its_o representation_n in_o daniel_n shift_v from_o its_o iron_n leg_n into_o its_o foot_n and_o toe_n part_n of_o iron_n part_n of_o clay_n and_o the_o idolatrous_a beastian_n power_n be_v to_o pass_v into_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n all_o which_o be_v to_o be_v bring_v to_o pass_v by_o great_a concussion_n in_o the_o empire_n its_o present_a state_n under_o christian_a emperor_n be_v account_v a_o calm_a in_o respect_n of_o what_o be_v to_o ensue_v the_o pagan_a beast_n be_v then_o subdue_v and_o the_o antichristian_a man_n of_o sin_n be_v withhold_v so_o that_o christianity_n be_v then_o as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o quiet_a and_o prosperous_a condition_n 3_o 3_o 3_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v here_o represent_v by_o apt_a metaphor_n take_v from_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v most_o subject_a to_o be_v disturb_v with_o wind_n 2_o and_o i_o see_v another_o angel_n 4_o ascend_v from_o the_o east_n i._n e._n christ_n have_v the_o 5_o seal_n of_o the_o live_a god_n i._n e._n a_o commission_n from_o he_o ezek._n 9.4_o and_o he_o cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n to_o testify_v his_o love_n and_o affection_n to_o his_o choose_a once_o to_o the_o four_o angel_n to_o who_o it_o be_v give_v by_o god_n who_o have_v determine_v great_a change_n in_o the_o empire_n to_o hurt_v by_o execute_n of_o judgement_n the_o earth_n and_o the_o sea_n vers_fw-la 1._o 4_o christ_n be_v call_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n malach._n 3.1_o and_o the_o sun_n of_o righteousness_n malach._n 4.2_o and_o the_o dayspring_n or_o rise_a sun_n from_o the_o east_n luke_n 1.78_o and_o ezek._n 44.2.3_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o church_n that_o be_v christ_n and_o only_o he_o have_v power_n to_o enter_v in_o at_o the_o eastern_a gate_n of_o that_o mystical_a temple_n from_o whence_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o christ_n be_v here_o to_o be_v understand_v call_v so_o because_o he_o enlighten_v and_o comfort_v his_o church_n and_o like_o the_o rise_a sun_n discover_v work_n of_o darkness_n and_o the_o good_a from_o the_o bad_a see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o luke_n 1.78_o gregory_n observation_n pag._n 73._o and_o dr._n pocock_n on_o malachi_n 5_o a_o seal_n signify_v a_o command_n or_o a_o commission_n from_o its_o be_v seal_v with_o the_o king_n seal_n 1_o king_n 21.8_o esth_n 3_o 12.8_o 8_o 10._o 3_o say_v hurt_v not_o the_o earth_n neither_o the_o sea_n or_o the_o tree_n i._n e._n the_o empire_n and_o its_o inhabitant_n till_o we_o have_v 6_o seal_v or_o shall_v seal_v i._n e_o preserve_v and_o secure_v in_o secret_a ezek._n 9_o 1.-4_a the_o servant_n of_o 7_o our_o god_n i._n e._n those_o who_o serve_v god_n pure_o and_o sincere_o nehem._n 1.11_o in_o their_o 8_o forehead_n i._n e._n very_o close_o and_o secure_o 6_o man_n use_v to_o seal_v those_o thing_n which_o they_o will_v have_v conceal_v and_o preserve_v as_o we_o have_v before_o hint_v on_o chap._n 5._o 1._o especial_o in_o time_n of_o danger_n so_o god_n command_v the_o israelite_n to_o sprinkle_v blood_n upon_o their_o post_n when_o he_o will_v save_v they_o whereby_o as_o with_o a_o seal_n he_o conceal_v and_o preserve_v they_o exod._n 12._o and_o the_o scarlet_a thread_n josh_n 2.18_o be_v a_o sign_n or_o seal_v to_o distinguish_v rahab_n from_o those_o that_o perish_v and_o ezek._n 9_o a_o mark_n or_o seal_v of_o distinction_n security_n and_o preservation_n be_v put_v upon_o the_o forehead_n of_o those_o that_o be_v to_o be_v save_v in_o that_o common_a destruction_n and_o the_o prime_n and_o great_a import_n of_o seal_v be_v to_o signify_v that_o the_o true_a glory_n which_o shall_v appear_v in_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v to_o be_v cover_v and_o secure_v while_o the_o false_a and_o worldly_a splendour_n and_o glory_n of_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n be_v chief_o visible_a and_o predominant_a the_o true_a worshipper_n be_v now_o in_o the_o temple_n the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n which_o be_v all_o equivalent_a with_o these_o seal_a one_o 7_o christ_n as_o mediator_n and_o head_n of_o the_o church_n have_v a_o joint_a relation_n to_o god_n with_o his_o faithful_a servant_n john_n 20.17_o 8_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o eastern_a nation_n who_o mark_v their_o servant_n on_o the_o forehead_n and_o hereby_o be_v signify_v a_o close_a concealment_n and_o security_n when_o the_o forehead_n or_o face_n of_o his_o servant_n be_v seal_v or_o hide_v so_o that_o they_o can_v not_o be_v know_v 4_o and_o i_o hear_v be_v therefore_o be_o certain_a of_o what_o i_o relate_v the_o number_n of_o they_o which_o be_v seal_v or_o conceal_v and_o secure_v and_o there_o be_v seal_v a_o 9_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n i_o e_o a_o pure_a apostolical_a church_n be_v preserve_v but_o in_o a_o hide_a and_o secret_a condition_n the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v stop_v and_o hinder_v 9_o israel_n in_o this_o book_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v on_o chap._n 2.9_o be_v put_v for_o the_o pure_a christian_a church_n
32_o live_a fountain_n of_o water_n i._n e._n perpetual_a comfort_n and_o refreshment_n isa_n 12_o 3._o john_n 7.38_o and_o god_n shall_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o their_o eye_n i._n e._n remove_v all_o cause_n and_o occasion_n of_o sorrow_n 32_o so_o the_o jew_n call_v fountain_n continual_o bubble_v and_o spring_v up_o canticl_n 4.15_o john_n 4_o 10._o chap._n viii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o when_o he_o i._n e._n christ_n have_v open_v the_o seven_o seal_n there_o be_v silence_n 1_o in_o heaven_n about_o the_o space_n of_o *_o half_n a_o hour_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o short_a respite_n from_o the_o commotion_n which_o follow_v upon_o the_o sound_a of_o the_o trumpet_n annotation_n on_o chap._n viii_o 1_o the_o metaphor_n here_o be_v take_v from_o the_o 13._o the_o mr._n mede_n hammond_n on_o luke_n 1.1_o ainsworth_n on_o leu._n 16.12_o 13._o temple-service_n which_o show_v that_o church-affair_n be_v here_o typify_v as_o well_o as_o those_o of_o the_o empire_n in_o which_o at_o the_o offering_n of_o incense_n the_o people_n pray_v without_o in_o the_o court_n in_o private_a whilst_o the_o priest_n offer_v the_o incense_n which_o prayer_n be_v very_o short_a and_o the_o whole_a service_n perform_v in_o silence_n whereas_o the_o offering_n of_o sacrifice_n the_o first_o part_n of_o their_o service_n be_v accompany_v with_o sing_v music_n and_o trumpet_n 2._o chron._n 29.25_o *_o see_v on_o ver._n 7._o num._n 11._o 2_o and_o i_o see_v the_o seven_o angel_n which_o stand_v 2_o before_o god_n as_o ready_a to_o execute_v his_o pleasure_n and_o to_o they_o be_v give_v by_o god_n appointment_n seven_o 3_o trumpet_n to_o denounce_v seven_o judgement_n 2_o these_o be_v express_o call_v angel_n and_o not_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n whereby_o they_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o seven_o spirit_n chap._n 1.4_o and_o by_o these_o seven_o stand_v before_o god_n be_v denote_v the_o preparedness_n of_o the_o several_a instrument_n and_o mean_n require_v to_o the_o execute_n of_o god_n judgement_n by_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n and_o also_o the_o majesty_n of_o the_o divine_a presence_n be_v express_v by_o they_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o eastern_a king_n from_o who_o rite_n many_o of_o the_o description_n in_o scripture_n be_v take_v who_o have_v seven_o prince_n who_o see_v their_o face_n or_o stand_v before_o they_o and_o be_v the_o chief_a in_o their_o kingdom_n esther_n 1.14_o grotius_n on_o matth._n 18.10_o 3_o here_o be_v a_o allusion_n also_o to_o the_o temple_n service_n where_o it_o be_v the_o custom_n to_o blow_v with_o trumpet_n after_o the_o oblation_n of_o incense_n as_o appear_v from_o ecclus_n 50.15_o 16._o strict_a silence_n be_v observe_v before_o it_o as_o here_o the_o angel_n have_v trumpet_n give_v they_o to_o prepare_v to_o sound_v but_o sound_v not_o until_o the_o incense_n be_v offer_v angel_n signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n not_o only_o the_o angelical_a spirit_n but_o also_o the_o subordinate_a minister_n employ_v under_o they_o here_o upon_o earth_n as_o have_v be_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 1.1_o 20._o and_o therefore_o here_o may_v be_v mean_v by_o this_o angel_n the_o emperor_n theodosius_n who_o be_v the_o chief_a person_n concern_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o we_o shall_v show_v hereafter_o who_o prayer_n at_o the_o head_n of_o his_o army_n before_o the_o battle_n with_o eugenius_n be_v very_o remarkable_a in_o history_n and_o also_o the_o whole_a christian_a church_n which_o join_v with_o he_o in_o prayer_n to_o god_n upon_o that_o great_a occasion_n angel_n be_v take_v collective_o in_o this_o book_n for_o all_o the_o several_a instrument_n make_v use_v of_o in_o it_o 3_o and_o another_o angel_n or_o minister_a spirit_n represent_v the_o person_n employ_v in_o the_o like_a service_n on_o earth_n come_v and_o stand_v at_o or_o by_o the_o altar_n of_o incense_n exod._n 30.1_o have_v a_o golden_a censer_n or_o vessel_n to_o hold_v incense_n levit._n 16.12_o hebr._n 9.4_o and_o there_o be_v 4_o give_v unto_o he_o much_o incense_n levit._n 16.12_o 13._o rev._n 5.8_o that_o he_o shall_v offer_v it_o with_o the_o prayer_n of_o all_o saint_n 5_o or_o holy_a chrian_o upon_o the_o golden_a altar_n of_o incense_n exod._n 30_o 3_o 6_o 7.40_o 26._o which_o be_v 6_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n 4_o here_o may_v be_v a_o allusion_n to_o a_o custom_n in_o the_o jewish_a service_n of_o bring_v the_o odour_n to_o the_o priest_n by_o other_o exod._n 27.20_o see_v maimonides_n in_o ainsworth_n on_o levit._n 24.2_o 5_o here_o be_v also_o a_o allusion_n to_o the_o high_a priest_n offer_v incense_n in_o the_o temple_n while_o the_o people_n call_v here_o all_o saint_n i._n e._n the_o holy_a and_o peculiar_a people_n of_o god_n pray_v in_o the_o outward_a court_n and_o by_o what_o be_v here_o deliver_v and_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n be_v intimate_v that_o the_o daily_a public_a sacrifice_n of_o pure_a worship_n which_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v perform_v in_o the_o outward_a court_n shall_v cease_v and_o be_v about_o to_o be_v contract_v into_o a_o retire_a and_o a_o silent_a one_o signify_v by_o the_o silence_n verse_n 1._o and_o the_o incense-worship_n which_o be_v within_o the_o temple_n and_o that_o although_o the_o saint_n or_o holy_a people_n be_v as_o yet_o without_o in_o the_o outward_a court_n not_o yet_o tread_v down_o by_o antichristian_a defilement_n that_o nevertheless_o it_o will_v not_o be_v long_o but_o about_o half_a a_o hour_n or_o a_o short_a space_n before_o that_o also_o which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o visible_a church_n and_o its_o worship_n shall_v be_v pollute_v by_o they_o concern_v which_o allusion_n and_o the_o ground_n of_o it_o see_v more_o on_o chap._n 11.1_o 6_o as_o the_o altar_n of_o incense_n in_o the_o temple_n be_v before_o the_o mercy-seat_n exod._n 30.6_o 7.40_o 26._o 4_o and_o the_o smoke_n of_o the_o incense_n chap._n 5.8_o which_o come_v with_o the_o prayer_n of_o the_o saint_n ascend_v up_o before_o god_n out_o of_o the_o angel_n hand_n i._n e._n they_o be_v grateful_a and_o acceptable_a unto_o he_o through_o the_o merit_n and_o intercession_n of_o christ_n psal_n 141.2_o act_n 10.4_o 5_o and_o the_o angel_n take_v the_o censer_n which_o be_v now_o empty_a the_o incense_n be_v consume_v and_o their_o prayer_n end_v and_o fill_v it_o with_o fire_n from_o the_o altar_n of_o 7_o sacrifice_n or_o burnt-offering_n and_o cast_v it_o i._n e._n disperse_v god_n judgement_n and_o fiery_a indignation_n ezek._n 10.2_o luke_n 12.49_o upon_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n and_o there_o be_v 8_o voice_n and_o thundering_n and_o lightning_n chap._n 4.5_o and_o a_o earthquake_n i._n e._n extraordinary_a commotion_n in_o the_o empire_n and_o great_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n chap._n 6.12_o 7_o for_o there_o be_v a_o continual_a fire_n on_o the_o altar_n of_o sacrifice_n but_o none_o on_o the_o altar_n of_o incense_n see_v ainsworth_n on_o exod._n 30.8_o and_o on_o leu._n 6.12_o 13._o this_o service_n be_v perform_v in_o the_o temple_n but_o the_o fire_n be_v take_v off_o the_o altar_n of_o burn_a sacrifice_n in_o the_o outward_a court_n to_o show_v that_o god_n judgement_n represent_v by_o fire_n which_o denote_v in_o scripture_n any_o destructive_a thing_n come_v upon_o they_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o gentilism_n or_o antichristian_a pollution_n of_o the_o outward_a court_n or_o visible_a church_n 8_o the_o other_o seal_v have_v be_v distinguish_v by_o some_o notable_a event_n in_o the_o empire_n it_o be_v reasonable_a to_o think_v that_o this_o be_v so_o too_o and_o there_o be_v none_o which_o agree_v better_o to_o it_o than_o the_o wonderful_a victory_n 427_o victory_n s●●a●_n hist_o 5.25_o sozom._n 7.24_o howel_n be_v history_n part_v 2._o pag._n 427_o of_o theodosius_n over_o eugenius_n a._n d._n 395._o because_o 1._o it_o follow_v in_o order_n the_o event_n foretell_v in_o the_o six_o seal_n this_o victory_n give_v the_o deadly_a blow_n to_o heathenism_n and_o perfect_v what_o be_v begin_v by_o constantine_n and_o some_o of_o his_o successor_n under_o that_o seal_n 2._o because_o the_o follow_a trumpet_n denote_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n begin_v to_o produce_v their_o effect_n not_o long_o after_o this_o defeat_n so_o that_o it_o exact_o correspond_v as_o a_o middle_a event_n with_o the_o forego_n and_o follow_v one_o 3._o the_o vengeance_n of_o god_n fall_v extraordinary_o upon_o the_o pagan_n and_o their_o defeat_n by_o a_o wonderful_a tempest_n be_v miraculous_a as_o claudian_n the_o heathen_a poet_n confess_v and_o as_o the_o soldier_n who_o be_v present_a at_o the_o battle_n tell_v 5.26_o tell_v 〈◊〉_d ●i●itat_fw-la d●i_fw-la 5.26_o augustine_n which_o be_v very_o natural_o express_v by_o fire_n cast_v by_o a_o angel_n from_o heaven_n upon_o earth_n fire_n be_v a_o general_a 1.19_o
the_o eastern_a empire_n the_o kingly_a power_n be_v extinguish_v and_o narses_n make_v governor_n of_o it_o for_o justinian_n about_o a.d._n 553._o who_o be_v remove_v from_o his_o government_n after_o sixteen_o year_n administration_n of_o it_o longinus_n be_v advance_v to_o it_o under_o the_o title_n of_o exarch_n of_o ravenna_n a._n d._n 569._o when_o the_o consul_n entire_o cease_v and_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o senate_n be_v abolish_v and_o rome_n the_o mistress_n of_o the_o world_n become_v a_o duchy_n and_o be_v subject_a to_o ravenna_n at_o which_o time_n also_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lombard_n who_o come_v original_o from_o scanzia_n into_o pannonia_n begin_v in_o italy_n which_o last_v until_o a._n d._n 756._o after_o which_o charles_n the_o great_a who_o beat_v the_o lombard_n out_o of_o italy_n be_v create_v emperor_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o pope_n leo_n dec._n 25._o a._n d._n 800._o all_o which_o time_n rome_n be_v under_o the_o government_n of_o the_o papacy_n as_o we_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o 13_o and_o i_o behold_v and_o hear_v a_o angel_n fly_v to_o denote_v speed_n through_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n i._n e._n in_o the_o meridian_n height_n of_o it_o that_o he_o may_v be_v see_v and_o hear_v of_o all_o say_n with_o a_o loud_a voice_n audible_o and_o terrible_o woe_n 27_o woe_n wo_n to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o trumpet_n of_o the_o three_o angel_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o sound_v 27_o here_o the_o extreme_a misery_n which_o the_o empire_n be_v to_o suffer_v by_o the_o saracen_n and_o turk_n chap._n 9.12_o and_o the_o apstasy_n chap._n 11.14_o be_v foretell_v under_o the_o angel_n in_o this_o chapter_n be_v include_v according_a to_o a_o observation_n frequent_o make_v all_o those_o faithful_a servant_n of_o christ_n who_o witness_v to_o his_o truth_n and_o against_o the_o rise_a antichristianism_n in_o the_o church_n during_o the_o time_n and_o course_n of_o the_o trumpet_n and_o of_o the_o preparation_n to_o the_o sound_v of_o they_o such_o be_v among_o many_o other_o 1._o gregory_n nyssen_n who_o be_v a_o marry_a man_n and_o write_v a_o excellent_a 45._o excellent_a dr._n cave_n life_n of_o the_o father_n vol._n 2._o in_o the_o append._n pag._n 45._o epistle_n against_o pilgrimage_n to_o the_o holy_a land_n 2._o gregory_n 326._o gregory_n dr._n cave_n vol._n 2._o pag._n 322_o 326._o nazianzen_n who_o be_v so_o mighty_o offend_v with_o the_o quarrel_n and_o contention_n of_o bishop_n and_o council_n that_o he_o refuse_v to_o come_v to_o a_o synod_n at_o constantinople_n say_v that_o experience_n have_v sufficient_o teach_v he_o how_o little_a good_a be_v to_o be_v expect_v from_o synod_n and_o then_o resign_v his_o bishopric_n which_o he_o say_v he_o know_v not_o whether_o to_o style_v a_o tyrannical_a or_o a_o archiepiscopal_a dignity_n and_o testify_v against_o the_o excessive_a state_n power_n and_o honour_n of_o the_o clergy_n free_o julian_n free_o tom._n 1._o pag._n 61_o 62._o orat._n 1._o adv_n julian_n confess_v that_o the_o mischief_n of_o the_o church_n in_o his_o time_n proceed_v from_o thence_o 3_o ambrose_n who_o be_v a_o stout_a defender_n of_o discipline_n 410._o discipline_n cave_n be_v life_n pag._n 409_o 410._o exercise_v it_o even_o upon_o the_o great_a emperor_n theodosius_n who_o with_o a_o extraordinary_a meekness_n and_o penitence_n submit_v unto_o it_o 4._o 13._o 4._o dr._n cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocal._n in_o append._n pag._n 13._o jerome_n theodoret_n andreas_n caesariensis_n arethas_n and_o other_o who_o plain_o testify_v that_o rome_n be_v to_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n as_o do_v also_o 30._o also_o cressener_n ibid._n pag._n 30._o augustine_n and_o chrysostom_n 30._o chrysostom_n cressener_n ibid._n pag._n 30._o who_o be_v excellent_a witness_n to_o many_o great_a truth_n in_o this_o succession_n the_o former_a 55._o former_a augustin_n epist_n ad_fw-la januar._n lib._n 2._o ep._n 55._o complain_v exceed_o of_o the_o increase_n of_o ceremony_n in_o his_o time_n and_o confess_v that_o a_o more_o than_o jewish_a servitude_n be_v bring_v in_o by_o they_o which_o expression_n give_v light_a to_o the_o reason_n why_o the_o prevail_a party_n of_o this_o succession_n be_v call_v the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n ch._n 2.9_o although_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o these_o and_o the_o other_o great_a man_n of_o this_o period_n of_o the_o church_n contribute_v much_o to_o the_o increase_n of_o its_o corruption_n which_o the_o best_a of_o man_n may_v do_v when_o god_n permit_v such_o deviation_n from_o the_o simplicity_n of_o the_o gospel_n to_o prevail_v and_o do_v not_o withhold_v man_n from_o be_v carry_v away_o with_o they_o by_o his_o more_o than_o ordinary_a restraint_n 5._o salvian_n gildas_n and_o the_o other_o author_n who_o write_v concern_v the_o invasion_n of_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n and_o live_v in_o those_o time_n do_v loud_o testify_v against_o the_o vice_n and_o corruption_n of_o they_o as_o also_o gregory_n the_o great_a who_o be_v a_o most_o eminent_a witness_n of_o the_o approach_n of_o antichrist_n in_o his_o time_n as_o will_v be_v show_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o annotation_n on_o the_o next_o chapter_n as_o be_v also_o all_o those_o excellent_a person_n who_o testify_v during_o the_o five_o and_o six_o trumpet_n against_o the_o worship_n of_o image_n and_o other_o corruption_n for_o which_o god_n bring_v these_o woe_n upon_o the_o church_n see_v the_o protestant_n who_o have_v gather_v catalogue_n of_o witness_n and_o the_o laborious_a collection_n of_o monsieur_n allix_n in_o his_o account_n of_o the_o albigenses_n and_o waldenses_n chap._n ix_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o the_o five_o angel_n sound_v and_o i_o see_v a_o star_n i._n e._n a_o 1_o angel_n or_o minister_n of_o the_o church_n rev._n 1.20_o fall_v or_o fall_v from_o heaven_n unto_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n apostatise_v from_o a_o christian_a church_n state_n to_o a_o worldly_a kingdom_n and_o to_o he_o be_v give_v by_o the_o order_n and_o disposition_n of_o event_n according_a to_o god_n alwise_a disposal_n the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n i._n e._n a_o satanical_a kingdom_n and_o a_o antichristian_a authority_n rev._n 2.24_o annotation_n on_o chap._n ix_o 1_o here_o the_o papacy_n be_v describe_v 1._o because_o that_o which_o appear_v be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o star_n which_o be_v the_o symbol_n of_o the_o gospel_n ministry_n chap._n 1.20_o 2._o it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o star_n that_o be_v fall_v from_o heaven_n which_o can_v refer_v to_o mahomet_n who_o never_o have_v any_o place_n in_o heaven_n i._n e._n any_o place_n or_o dignity_n in_o the_o church_n or_o any_o dignity_n at_o all_o from_o which_o he_o may_v be_v say_v to_o have_v fall_v 3_o this_o star_n be_v say_v to_o have_v fall_v from_o heaven_n to_o earth_n and_o then_o to_o have_v a_o new_a dignity_n bestow_v upon_o he_o whereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o fall_v star_n mention_v chap_n 8.10_o can_v be_v here_o understand_v because_o that_o star_n fall_v upon_o the_o water_n this_o upon_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o be_v a_o comet_n this_o a_o star_n which_o fall_v from_o one_o power_n to_o another_o whereas_o the_o other_o be_v in_o a_o burn_a and_o consume_a condition_n bereave_v of_o all_o power_n 4._o this_o fall_a star_n be_v say_v to_o have_v the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n give_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v a_o satanical_a authority_n consist_v of_o a_o synagogue_n a_o throne_n and_o depth_n of_o satan_n which_o be_v proper_a to_o the_o apostasy_n especial_o the_o papacy_n aught_o here_o also_o to_o be_v understand_v concern_v it_o for_o as_o according_a to_o the_o observation_n of_o dr._n locum_fw-la dr._n apud_fw-la poli_fw-fr synop_n in_o locum_fw-la lightfoot_n the_o key_n of_o heaven_n be_v give_v to_o peter_n when_o a_o door_n of_o salvation_n be_v to_o be_v open_v to_o the_o gentile_n by_o his_o preach_v and_o erect_v the_o first_o christian_a church_n so_o when_o the_o christian_a world_n be_v about_o to_o fall_v as_o it_o be_v into_o its_o former_a gentilism_n the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n be_v give_v to_o antichrist_n 5._o this_o star_n be_v say_v to_o be_v already_o fall_v at_o the_o time_n that_o the_o pit_n be_v open_v and_o the_o locust_n that_o be_v the_o saracen_n come_v out_o of_o it_o now_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o saracen_n be_v place_v by_o all_o historian_n in_o a.d._n 622._o when_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o the_o hegira_n or_o flight_n of_o mahomet_n begin_v and_o the_o rise_v of_o antichristianism_n in_o the_o latin_a church_n as_o to_o the_o point_n of_o supremacy_n be_v general_o place_v by_o protestant_n sixteen_o year_n before_o it_o when_o boniface_n the_o three_o a._n d._n 606._o take_v the_o title_n of_o universal_a bishop_n and_o head_n of_o
all_o church_n which_o 4.38_o which_o gregor_n epist._n lib_n 4.38_o gregory_n the_o great_a have_v condemn_v before_o in_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n assert_v that_o he_o who_o usurp_v it_o be_v the_o forerunner_n of_o antichrist_n the_o prince_n of_o pride_n and_o that_o he_o imitate_v lucifer_n in_o exalt_v his_o throne_n above_o the_o star_n of_o god_n that_o be_v his_o brethren_n the_o bishop_n who_o be_v the_o star_n of_o heaven_n and_o in_o ascend_v above_o the_o height_n of_o the_o cloud_n which_o word_n be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o comment_n upon_o the_o place_n and_o a_o prophecy_n as_o one_o ingenious_o speak_v of_o their_o highpriest_n who_o speak_v not_o this_o of_o himself_o but_o as_o be_v highpriest_n that_o year_n foretell_v the_o fall_n of_o that_o eminent_a star_n from_o heaven_n to_o a_o state_n of_o worldly_a dominion_n according_a to_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n so_o that_o in_o a_o few_o year_n after_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o papal_a antichrist_n in_o the_o west_n there_o arise_v in_o the_o east_n a_o new_a sort_n of_o a_o antichristian_a dominion_n to_o be_v a_o scourge_n to_o it_o and_o in_o opposition_n unto_o its_o idolatrous_a practice_n the_o chief_a of_o which_o call_v themselves_o chalifs_n or_o vicar_n of_o mahomet_n for_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v as_o the_o pope_n have_v call_v themselves_o the_o chalif_n or_o vicar_n of_o christ_n 2_o and_o he_o open_v the_o bottomless_a pit_n i._n e._n exercise_v this_o authority_n and_o enter_v upon_o the_o administration_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o there_o arise_v a_o smoke_n 2_o out_o of_o the_o pit_n as_o the_o smoke_n of_o a_o great_a furnace_n i._n e._n many_o gross_a and_o antichristian_a error_n and_o the_o sun_n and_o the_o air_n be_v darken_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o smoke_n of_o the_o pit_n i._n e._n the_o gospel_n the_o light_n of_o the_o world_n be_v obscure_v by_o these_o error_n 2_o as_o a_o great_a smoke_n hinder_v the_o sight_n so_o do_v error_n the_o understanding_n he_o keep_v to_o the_o allegory_n for_o smoke_n take_v from_o we_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o star_n say_v grotius_n on_o the_o place_n and_o the_o 173._o the_o bochart_n hieroz_n lib._n 4.4_o ludolph_n commentar_n in_o aethiopic_n histor_n pag._n 173._o locust_n be_v wont_a to_o come_v in_o so_o great_a number_n that_o the_o air_n have_v be_v darken_v and_o the_o sun_n as_o it_o be_v eclypse_v by_o they_o joel_n 2.10_o 3_o and_o there_o come_v 3_o out_o of_o the_o smoke_n contrary_a to_o the_o expectation_n of_o he_o that_o open_v it_o locust_n 4_o upon_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o grievous_a plague_n of_o 5_o mahometism_n with_o the_o numerous_a and_o destroy_a army_n of_o the_o 5_o saracen_n exod._n 10_o 3-15_a joel_n chapter_n 1.2_o and_o unto_o they_o be_v give_v power_n as_o the_o scorpion_n of_o the_o 173._o the_o bochart_n hieroz_n lib._n 4.4_o ludolph_n commentar_n in_o aethiopic_n histor_n pag._n 173._o earth_n have_v power_n as_o to_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o mischief_n they_o be_v to_o do_v verse_n 5.10_o 3_o locust_n do_v increase_v most_o in_o very_o dry_a season_n and_o come_v in_o bliting_a burn_a easterly_a wind_n which_o be_v usual_o accompany_v with_o a_o smoky_a vapour_n whence_o probable_o be_v that_o expression_n hosea_n 13.3_o according_a to_o the_o lxx_o and_o like_o a_o smoke_n or_o vapour_n from_o locust_n although_o bochartus_n be_v of_o opinion_n that_o here_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n among_o the_o ancient_n arab_n or_o saracen_n of_o hunt_a locust_n by_o 495._o by_o bochart_n hieroz_n part._n 2._o pag._n 472_o 484_o 495._o smoke_n 4_o great_a army_n of_o enemy_n be_v resemble_v to_o joel_n to_o see_v dr._n pocock_n on_o joel_n locust_n in_o scripture_n 1._o by_o reason_n of_o their_o number_n judg._n 6_o 5.7_o 12._o psalm_n 105.34_o joel_n 1.6_o the_o multitude_n of_o locust_n which_o infest_a the_o eastern_a and_o sometime_o the_o european_a part_n be_v almost_o 174._o almost_o bochart_n hieroz_n pag._n 443_o 445._o ludolph_n aethiopic_n histor_n pag._n 173_o 174._o incredible_a and_o it_o be_v not_o altogether_o improper_a to_o remark_n here_o that_o vast_a number_n of_o locust_n have_v be_v frequent_o see_v to_o appear_v before_o the_o approach_n of_o great_a army_n which_o be_v frequent_o note_v by_o abul_n pharajai_n and_o by_o du_n fresne_n in_o his_o note_n at_o the_o end_n of_o 530._o of_o pag._n 530._o cinnamus_n 2._o because_o of_o the_o great_a and_o unavoidable_a mischief_n they_o do_v in_o the_o field_n in_o house_n and_o to_o man_n themselves_o who_o they_o set_v upon_o and_o be_v think_v sometime_o to_o have_v kill_v 174._o kill_v bochart_n hieroz_n pag._n 462_o 477_o 478_o ludolph_n pag._n 174._o they_o book_n of_o wisdom_n 16.9_o 3._o from_o the_o exact_a military_a 477._o military_a bochart_n pag._n 477._o discipline_n and_o order_n they_o observe_v in_o fly_v and_o the_o strength_n which_o be_v in_o their_o rank_n and_o division_n when_o they_o fly_v or_o go_v joel_n 2.7_o 8._o 4_o from_o their_o climb_n of_o wall_n and_o get_v into_o house_n and_o window_n like_o man_n of_o war_n in_o time_n of_o siege_n and_o sack_v of_o town_n joel_n 2.7_o 9_o exod._n 10.6_o and_o from_o their_o not_o 478_o not_o bochart_n pag._n 478_o be_v subject_a to_o hurt_v from_o weapon_n which_o they_o avoid_v by_o their_o swiftness_n and_o by_o the_o subtlety_n and_o tenuity_n of_o their_o body_n joel_n 2.8_o *_o terrestrial_a scorpion_n be_v as_o naturalist_n observe_v of_o all_o the_o most_o 934._o most_o boch_n hieroz_n pag._n 934._o hurtful_a 5_o 5_o the_o saracen_n seem_v to_o be_v understand_v by_o locust_n because_o 1._o they_o come_v from_o the_o east_n as_o the_o locust_n do_v exod._n 10.13_o whence_o they_o be_v call_v init_fw-la call_v pocock_n not._n ad_fw-la specim_fw-la histor_n arab._n sub_fw-la init_fw-la saracen_n which_o signify_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o eastern_a part_n of_o the_o world_n 2._o because_o of_o their_o vast_a number_n and_o their_o wander_a state_n and_o condition_n they_o be_v of_o the_o race_n of_o the_o ancient_n 14.4_o ancient_n ammian_n marcel_n 14.4_o scenitae_n who_o live_v in_o tent_n roam_v from_o place_n to_o place_n with_o which_o agree_v the_o description_n of_o the_o locust_n give_v by_o the_o prophet_n nahum_n 3.15_o 16._o as_o the_o place_n be_v interpret_v by_o 458._o by_o pag._n 458._o bochartus_fw-la 3._o because_o the_o arabian_n or_o child_n of_o the_o east_n be_v express_o liken_v to_o locust_n or_o grasshopper_n judges_z 6_o 3-5_a 4._o by_o reason_n of_o the_o suddenness_n of_o their_o invasion_n and_o the_o prodigious_a swiftness_n of_o their_o conquest_n and_o the_o great_a havoc_n and_o ravage_n make_v by_o they_o all_o which_o circumstance_n be_v notorious_a in_o the_o plague_n of_o locust_n who_o fall_v in_o prodigious_a number_n in_o one_o night_n and_o sometime_o almost_o in_o a_o moment_n destroy_v all_o before_o they_o and_o last_o because_o these_o locust_n be_v say_v to_o come_v out_o of_o the_o thick_a smoke_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n i._n e._n out_o of_o gross_a error_n and_o filthy_a practice_n which_o be_v the_o plain_a original_a of_o mahometism_n which_o begin_v in_o a_o very_a corrupt_a and_o dark_a age_n when_o the_o christian_n be_v divide_v into_o many_o sect_n and_o schism_n and_o vent_v very_o gross_a error_n such_o be_v those_o of_o the_o arrian_n jacobite_n melchites_n eutychian_o monothelite_n and_o nestorian_n from_o who_o proceed_v many_o of_o the_o opinion_n of_o mahomet_n who_o be_v 59_o be_v sylburg_n saracenica_fw-la pag._n 3_o 5_o 59_o assist_v in_o the_o contrivance_n of_o his_o religion_n by_o sergius_n a_o banish_a nestorian_a by_o a_o arrian_n monk_n and_o other_o heretic_n with_o who_o the_o church_n be_v then_o infest_a as_o it_o be_v also_o by_o contest_v about_o the_o supremacy_n and_o with_o gross_a antichristian_a error_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a thing_n intend_v in_o this_o prophecy_n of_o all_o which_o 2.2_o which_o histor_n oriental_n lib._n 2.2_o hottinger_n have_v treat_v full_o but_o that_o we_o may_v the_o better_o understand_v the_o true_a mean_v of_o this_o vision_n i●●●ll_v endeavour_v to_o give_v a_o brief_a account_n of_o the_o rise_v of_o mahometism_n and_o of_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o saracenick_n empire_n from_o authentic_a historian_n chief_o from_o elmacinus_n and_o abul_n pharajai_n two_o arabic_a writer_n which_o will_v be_v of_o great_a use_n in_o the_o follow_a annotation_n the_o saracen_n be_v proper_o those_o arab_n which_o live_v about_o meccha_n and_o medina_n and_o the_o place_n adjoin_v who_o under_o their_o prophet_n mahomet_n begin_v to_o be_v famous_a about_o a.d._n 622._o when_o he_o flee_v from_o meccha_n he_o place_n of_o his_o nativity_n for_o fear_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o coraisite_n or_o koreisheite_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o
peter_n boyer_n history_n of_o the_o vaudois_n print_v at_o london_n 1692._o the_o history_n of_o the_o negotiation_n between_o the_o duke_n of_o savoy_n and_o the_o country_n of_o switzerland_n print_v at_o london_n 1690._o lettres_n sur_fw-fr les_fw-fr matieres_n du_fw-ge temps_fw-fr tom._n 3._o pag._n 198._o of_o piedmont_n return_v to_o their_o country_n at_o the_o precise_a term_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a after_o their_o total_a dissipation_n for_o by_o a_o edict_n date_v jan._n 31._o 1686._o their_o religion_n be_v forbid_v upon_o pain_n of_o death_n their_o church_n be_v order_v to_o be_v demolish_v and_o their_o minister_n to_o be_v banish_v which_o edict_n be_v publish_v in_o the_o valley_n april_n 11._o and_o be_v put_v in_o execution_n by_o the_o help_n of_o french_a troop_n who_o attack_v they_o on_o the_o 22d_o of_o the_o same_o month_n and_o total_o subdue_v they_o in_o the_o follow_a month_n of_o may_n when_o many_o of_o those_o poor_a people_n be_v kill_v and_o barbarous_o slaughter_v and_o the_o miserable_a remainder_n of_o they_o be_v permit_v to_o depart_v who_o after_o a_o tedious_a march_n in_o the_o depth_n of_o winter_n arrive_v at_o geneva_n the_o december_n follow_v of_o the_o same_o year_n 1686._o but_o about_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a after_o their_o dissipation_n they_o have_v in_o the_o mean_a while_n be_v kind_o receive_v by_o their_o neighbour_n of_o switzerland_n geneva_n holland_n and_o other_o and_o not_o suffer_v to_o be_v put_v in_o grave_n by_o the_o popish_a nation_n round_o about_o they_o who_o appear_v in_o their_o favour_n all_o on_o a_o sudden_a they_o take_v a_o vnanimous_a resolution_n of_o return_v into_o their_o country_n and_o that_o at_o first_o against_o the_o advice_n of_o their_o friend_n who_o altogether_o despair_v of_o their_o success_n and_o according_o about_o the_o begin_n of_o september_n 1689._o they_o pass_v the_o lake_n of_o geneva_n secret_o and_o without_o the_o knowledge_n of_o that_o government_n enter_v into_o savoy_n with_o their_o sword_n in_o their_o hand_n recover_v their_o ancient_a possession_n and_o establish_v themselves_o in_o it_o by_o the_o month_n of_o april_n 1690._o notwithstanding_o the_o opposition_n of_o the_o troop_n of_o france_n and_o savoy_n of_o who_o they_o kill_v great_a number_n with_o a_o inconsiderable_a loss_n to_o themselves_o who_o be_v but_o a_o few_o in_o comparison_n of_o their_o enemy_n upon_o which_o the_o duke_n of_o savoy_n find_v they_o to_o be_v encourage_v and_o assist_v by_o foreign_a prince_n recall_v the_o rest_n of_o they_o and_o reestablish_v they_o by_o a_o edict_n date_v june_n 4._o 1690._o with_o liberty_n for_o the_o french_a refugee_n to_o return_v with_o they_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a after_o their_o total_a dissipation_n in_o the_o end_n of_o october_n 1686._o for_o although_o they_o be_v not_o establish_v by_o the_o civil_a power_n until_o the_o beginning_n of_o june_n a_o month_n after_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a yet_o they_o have_v regain_v their_o own_o possession_n and_o expel_v the_o stranger_n out_o of_o they_o by_o april_n and_o have_v receive_v great_a assistance_n in_o may_n just_a at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o forementioned_a term_n of_o year_n now_o although_o i_o must_v confess_v that_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n very_o much_o to_o be_v take_v notice_n of_o in_o this_o account_n yet_o it_o can_v be_v the_o resurrection_n here_o point_v at_o because_o the_o sister_n witness_v church_n of_o france_n still_o lie_v desolate_a and_o dead_a in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n and_o what_o have_v already_o be_v perform_v in_o favour_n of_o the_o waldenses_n come_v so_o much_o short_a of_o what_o may_v be_v just_o think_v to_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o resurrection_n here_o foretell_v that_o i_o can_v look_v upon_o it_o but_o as_o a_o providential_a congruity_n if_o i_o may_v so_o call_v it_o and_o a_o pledge_n and_o earnest_n of_o a_o much_o great_a life_n and_o that_o of_o a_o more_o spiritual_a nature_n than_o what_o have_v yet_o happen_v unto_o they_o which_o i_o pray_v hope_v and_o humble_o believe_v upon_o prophetical_a ground_n in_o which_o i_o trust_v god_n have_v gracious_o assist_v i_o not_o to_o be_v far_o off_o 38_o this_o be_v plain_o take_v from_o ezekiel_n description_n chap._n 37._o of_o the_o restauration_n of_o the_o jew_n from_o babylon_n and_o of_o what_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o their_o final_a restauration_n of_o which_o the_o former_a be_v but_o a_o type_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o god_n shall_v extraordinary_o revive_v the_o witness_n which_o be_v in_o a_o dead_a condition_n and_o mighty_o assist_v the_o church_n which_o be_v already_o raise_v to_o imperfect_a degree_n of_o life_n gift_n and_o grace_n and_o so_o be_v consequent_o still_o in_o a_o sackcloth_n and_o mournful_a condition_n for_o the_o continuance_n of_o judaisme_n paganism_n and_o antichristianism_n in_o the_o world_n and_o the_o imperfection_n of_o its_o own_o state_n so_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v see_v and_o take_v notice_n of_o by_o all_o as_o stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n that_o be_v as_o be_v in_o a_o steady_a posture_n of_o self_n subsistence_n and_o defence_n and_o that_o after_o a_o eminent_a and_o most_o conspicuous_a manner_n zech._n 14.4_o 39_o for_o they_o shall_v stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n a_o exceed_a great_a army_n according_a to_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o the_o jew_n ezek._n 37.10_o 12_o and_o they_o i._n e._n the_o witness_n stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n in_o a_o posture_n of_o readiness_n and_o preparedness_n hear_v a_o voice_n from_o heaven_n 40_o i._n e._n have_v a_o extraordinary_a call_n and_o a_o divine_a impulse_n say_n unto_o they_o come_v up_o hither_o unto_o a_o state_n of_o security_n purity_n and_o glory_n and_o they_o ascend_v up_o to_o heaven_n 41_o i._n e._n enjoy_v a_o pure_a and_o holy_a church-state_n in_o a_o bright_a matt._n 17_o 5._o act_n 1_o 9_o cloud_n i._n e._n in_o glory_n and_o their_o enemy_n 42_o behold_v they_o i._n e._n their_o great_a change_n and_o advancement_n be_v visible_a and_o notorious_a to_o all_o even_o to_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n 40_o from_o hence_o and_o from_o what_o go_v before_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o this_o will_v be_v perform_v after_o a_o extraordinary_a manner_n by_o the_o more_o immediate_a power_n and_o assistance_n of_o god_n from_o who_o the_o spirit_n of_o life_n come_v and_o all_o the_o preparation_n and_o ability_n for_o the_o performance_n of_o this_o great_a action_n 41_o their_o church_n state_n be_v call_v heaven_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o antichristian_a one_o which_o be_v call_v earth_n and_o the_o world_n and_o because_o of_o the_o security_n from_o persecution_n which_o shall_v attend_v it_o and_o the_o purity_n of_o its_o doctrine_n and_o the_o holiness_n of_o it_o and_o its_o professor_n and_o the_o glory_n honour_n and_o esteem_v it_o be_v to_o be_v in_o among_o man_n especial_o supreme_a power_n who_o be_v denote_v by_o heaven_n in_o this_o prophecy_n rev._n 12.4_o and_o a_o pure_a church-state_n be_v call_v heaven_n because_o it_o be_v a_o resemblance_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n as_o it_o shall_v be_v upon_o earth_n and_o be_v a_o exemplar_n of_o what_o be_v actual_o decree_v perform_v and_o represent_v in_o heaven_n in_o behalf_n of_o it_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n as_o appear_v from_o chapter_n four_o and_o five_o 42_o here_o as_o well_o as_o in_o what_o go_v before_o be_v a_o manifest_a allusion_n to_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o ascension_n of_o our_o saviour_n but_o with_o this_o difference_n that_o only_o the_o apostle_n or_o choose_v witness_n behold_v christ_n ascent_n but_o here_o even_o the_o enemy_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v to_o testify_v it_o it_o shall_v be_v so_o notorious_a and_o convince_v to_o all_o 13_o and_o the_o same_o hour_n i._n e._n about_o the_o same_o time_n but_o after_o their_o ascent_n chap._n 8.1_o num._n 11._o chap._n 9.15_o be_v there_o a_o great_a *_o earthquake_n i._n e._n a_o commotion_n and_o sudden_a change_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o world_n and_o especial_o in_o the_o apostasy_n 43_o and_o the_o 44_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n of_o the_o roman_a antichristian_a kingdom_n ver_fw-la 8._o chap._n 17.78_o fall_v by_o the_o commotion_n change_n or_o earthquake_n and_o in_o the_o earthquake_n be_v slay_v 45_o of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o and_o the_o remnant_n or_o the_o remain_a succession_n of_o man_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n see_v chap._n 2_o 24._o 3_o 2._o be_v affright_v at_o these_o judgement_n and_o give_v 46_o glory_n to_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n alone_a and_o not_o to_o saint_n and_o image_n as_o have_v be_v before_o do_v *_o as_o there_o be_v at_o our_o saviour_n death_n and_o after_o his_o
which_o it_o come_v to_o be_v call_v the_o three_o part_n whereupon_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n be_v cast_v to_o the_o ground_n it_o be_v very_a seat_n and_o power_n become_v thereupon_o roman_n constantine_n pope_n constantine_n cave_n introduct_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o father_n vol._n 2._o pag._n 13._o rycaut_n pref._n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n command_v by_o a_o law_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v call_v new_a rome_n and_o have_v people_v it_o with_o the_o best_a family_n he_o can_v draw_v from_o old_a rome_n and_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o it_o be_v call_v roman_n 13_o here_o be_v imply_v that_o the_o four_o empire_n subdue_v all_o the_o rest_n and_o bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n after_o it_o have_v subdue_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o stand_v in_o competition_n with_o it_o according_a to_o what_o be_v foretell_v by_o daniel_n chap._n 2._o 39_o 40._o 7_o 7_o 19_o 32._o 14_o this_o refer_v to_o the_o persecution_n which_o fall_v upon_o the_o christian_a church_n by_o the_o instigation_n of_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o instrument_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n especial_o to_o their_o last_o and_o most_o cruel_a effort_n in_o the_o ten_o year_n persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n when_o the_o woman_n be_v as_o it_o be_v teem_a with_o a_o glorious_a church_n state_n in_o a_o christian_a empire_n which_o be_v bring_v forth_o under_o constantine_n as_o a_o short_a specimen_fw-la and_o imperfect_a representation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o have_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 7_o 9.-17_a 5_o and_o yet_o notwithstanding_o all_o his_o opposition_n psal_n 2._o she_o bring_v forth_o a_o 15_o manchild_n i._n e._n christ_n reign_v then_o as_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o his_o church_n and_o there_o be_v on_o earth_n a_o lively_a and_o manly_a representation_n of_o he_o and_o his_o kingdom_n for_o a_o short_a time_n psal_n 2.7_o 8._o be_v 9_o 6.66_o 7_o 8._o act_n 4_o 23.-30_a who_o be_v to_o rule_v all_o nation_n with_o a_o rod_n of_o iron_n i._n e._n be_v to_o have_v a_o universal_a kingdom_n psalm_n 2_o 8-12_a and_o her_o child_n be_v catch_v 16_o up_o unto_o god_n and_o to_o his_o throne_n i._n e._n christ_n and_o his_o kingdom_n be_v advance_v and_o his_o church_n be_v in_o a_o state_n typical_a of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n which_o yet_o not_o long_o continue_v psal_n 110.1_o 15_o here_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v plain_o set_v forth_o in_o expression_n chief_o take_v from_o the_o second_o psalm_n which_o contain_v a_o description_n of_o it_o as_o all_o interpreter_n agree_v and_o by_o the_o manchild_n be_v mean_v 1._o christ_n himself_o who_o be_v say_v to_o be_v bring_v forth_o or_o bear_v because_o he_o at_o this_o time_n obtain_v as_o king_n of_o his_o church_n a_o conquest_n over_o paganism_n and_o a_o great_a increase_n to_o his_o kingdom_n whereby_o he_o be_v beget_v in_o the_o phrase_n of_o the_o psalmist_n psalm_n 2.6_o 7_o 8._o that_o be_v the_o holy_a child_n jesus_n be_v manifest_v and_o declare_v to_o be_v lord_n and_o king_n 2._o the_o church_n and_o christian_a empire_n under_o constantine_n may_v be_v call_v the_o manchild_n as_o cyrus_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n christ_n or_o messiah_n isa_n 45.1_o because_o he_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n and_o as_o christian_n be_v say_v to_o be_v christ_n body_n and_o to_o have_v christ_n form_v in_o they_o gal._n 4.19_o and_o if_o the_o roman_a empire_n itself_o may_v in_o some_o sense_n as_o grotius_n have_v well_o note_v on_o dan._n 7.13_o be_v not_o unfit_o call_v a_o image_n or_o type_n of_o christ_n much_o more_o may_v the_o christian_a empire_n under_o constantine_n who_o be_v a_o great_a restorer_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n than_o cyrus_n be_v be_v style_v a_o mystical_a christ_n and_o be_v a_o emblem_n of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n 16_o christ_n after_o his_o resurrection_n which_o be_v call_v his_o birth_n in_o scripture_n be_v take_v up_o into_o heaven_n as_o we_o also_o shall_v be_v catch_v up_o thither_o 1_o thes_n 4.17_o where_o the_o same_o word_n be_v use_v insomuch_o that_o this_o phrase_n be_v take_v from_o christ_n ascent_n into_o heaven_n and_o allude_v to_o it_o and_o its_o import_n may_v be_v 1._o that_o christ_n be_v then_o actual_o king_n of_o the_o roman_a heathen_a empire_n which_o he_o have_v new_o conquer_v signify_v by_o his_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n whereby_o some_o ascent_n of_o his_o throne_n in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n or_o advancement_n of_o his_o kingdom_n may_v be_v signify_v in_o which_o he_o be_v install_v and_o inaugurate_v at_o his_o ascension_n when_o he_o be_v catch_v up_o into_o heaven_n 2._o hereby_o may_v be_v signify_v also_o the_o advance_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n to_o the_o imperial_a throne_n as_o christ_n be_v advance_v at_o his_o ascension_n to_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o father_n at_o his_o right_a hand_n psalm_n 110.1_o but_o as_o christ_n be_v of_o a_o sudden_a take_v up_o in_o a_o cloud_n out_o of_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o apostle_n whilst_o they_o be_v look_v on_o he_o act_n 1.9_o so_o may_v also_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o short_a space_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o roman_n christian_n empire_n rev._n 17.10_o answerable_a to_o christ_n be_v see_v of_o the_o apostle_n only_o for_o forty_o day_n act_n 1.3_o and_o the_o sudden_a depravation_n of_o religion_n by_o a_o grow_a antichristianism_n upon_o its_o advancement_n by_o constantine_n whereby_o in_o a_o short_a time_n the_o true_a primitive_a and_o apostolical_a christianity_n be_v obscure_v and_o can_v not_o be_v see_v pure_a and_o unmixed_a which_o as_o 1.1_o as_o and_o on_o john_n 1.1_o grotius_n have_v note_v on_o the_o place_n may_v be_v signify_v by_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n those_o thing_n be_v say_v in_o scripture_n to_o be_v with_o god_n which_o be_v invisible_a and_o appear_v not_o unto_o men._n 6_o and_o 17_o or_o but_o yet_o it_o be_v not_o long_o before_o the_o woman_n for_o church_n thus_o deliver_v from_o persecution_n and_o advance_v in_o the_o christian_a empire_n *_o flee_v into_o the_o wilderness_n 18_o i._n e._n be_v in_o a_o secret_a and_o obscure_a state_n and_o condition_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o increase_a apostasy_n where_o she_o have_v a_o place_n prepare_v by_o god_n i._n e._n she_o be_v secure_v by_o he_o that_o they_o 18_o shall_v feed_v she_o there_o or_o that_o she_o shall_v be_v nourish_v and_o preserve_v there_o after_o a_o wonderful_a manner_n a_o thousand_o 19_o two_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o day_n i._n e._n year_n see_v chap._n 11._o 2_o 3._o 17_o when_o christ_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o the_o heavenly_a state_n he_o design_v become_v thereupon_o invisible_a the_o church_n soon_o retire_v into_o the_o wilderness_n i._n e._n into_o a_o obscure_a and_o invisible_a state_n too_o as_o be_v bereave_v of_o that_o presence_n and_o power_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v necessary_a to_o advance_v it_o into_o that_o perfect_a and_o heavenly_a state_n which_o his_o kingdom_n require_v here_o the_o flight_n which_o be_v after_o the_o war_n in_o heaven_n be_v mention_v before_o it_o by_o a_o prolepsis_n or_o anticipation_n frequent_a in_o 48.1_o in_o grot._n in_o gen._n 1.27_o ecclus_n 48.1_o scripture_n and_o in_o this_o 21.2_o this_o see_v pererius_n on_o the_o revelation_n grot._n on_o rev._n 21.2_o prophecy_n the_o holy_a spirit_n be_v wont_a to_o hasten_v to_o the_o chief_a point_n it_o be_v about_o and_o to_o mention_v what_o intervene_v of_o lesser_a consequence_n afterward_o as_o be_v manifest_a from_o the_o history_n of_o the_o creation_n where_o paradise_n which_o be_v plant_v on_o the_o three_o day_n be_v not_o describe_v until_o afterward_o in_o the_o second_o chapter_n and_o the_o full_a and_o particular_a relation_n of_o the_o creation_n of_o mankind_n but_o brief_o touch_v upon_o in_o the_o first_o chapter_n be_v defer_v unto_o the_o second_o which_o figure_n be_v here_o observe_v to_o show_v that_o the_o man_n child_n christ_n kingdom_n be_v not_o to_o succeed_v upon_o the_o glorious_a pre_n appearance_n of_o it_o verse_n 5._o and_o that_o the_o church_n the_o woman_n be_v to_o be_v in_o a_o obscure_a condition_n and_o that_o immediate_o after_o her_o delivery_n and_o that_o she_o be_v present_o to_o prepare_v for_o her_o flight_n she_o be_v not_o to_o appear_v in_o visible_a glory_n until_o 1260_o year_n after_o it_o *_o so_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n go_v up_o in_o haste_n out_o of_o egypt_n exod._n 12.31_o 33_o 39_o 18_o this_o type_n be_v take_v from_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n sojourn_v in_o the_o wilderness_n after_o they_o have_v escape_v out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o pharaoh_n who_o be_v express_o call_v psalm_n 74.13_o 14._o isa_n 51.9_o the_o dragon_n or_o crocodile_n lie_v
mede_n ou_fw-fr the_fw-fr place_n to_o the_o deep_a and_o flow_a water_n of_o a_o man_n mouth_n and_o the_o mahometan_n have_v be_v peculiar_o describe_v by_o their_o subtlety_n as_o well_o as_o their_o power_n and_o force_n chap._n 9_o 7_o 8_o 10_o 19_o 2._o because_o this_o their_o violent_a and_o sudden_a invasion_n like_o that_o of_o a_o torrent_n or_o water_n as_o a_o flood_n be_v just_a before_o the_o death_n of_o the_o witness_n at_o the_o second_o council_n of_o nice_a when_o the_o woman_n be_v fly_v into_o her_o close_a and_o most_o retire_a state_n answerable_a to_o that_o of_o the_o seal_v or_o secure_v from_o the_o hurt_n of_o the_o mahometan_a locust_n chap._n 9.4_o for_o she_o be_v as_o yet_o visible_a to_o the_o serpent_n when_o he_o cast_v the_o flood_n after_o she_o and_o be_v then_o fly_v into_o her_o invisible_a state_n the_o church_n be_v as_o be_v plain_a from_o hence_o sometime_o total_o overspread_v with_o thick_a darkness_n and_o at_o other_o time_n more_o or_o less_o visible_a as_o the_o sun_n be_v in_o cloudy_a day_n or_o the_o star_n in_o overcast_v evening_n when_o they_o can_v scarce_o be_v discern_v but_o by_o a_o pierce_a and_o steadfast_a eye_n or_o through_o telescope_n 16_o and_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o corrupt_a and_o apostatise_v part_n of_o the_o church_n help_v the_o woman_n by_o oppose_v this_o inundation_n and_o the_o earth_n 33_o open_v her_o mouth_n and_o swallow_v up_o the_o flood_n which_o the_o dragon_n cast_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n i._n e._n receive_v and_o suffer_v the_o mischief_n of_o their_o invasion_n 33_o these_o word_n be_v take_v from_o numb_a 16.32_o and_o allude_v to_o what_o have_v sometime_o happen_v in_o earthquake_n in_o which_o river_n have_v be_v swallow_v up_o by_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o the_o earth_n swallow_v the_o water_n which_o may_v indeed_o denote_v the_o conversion_n of_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n and_o their_o incorporate_n into_o the_o apostasy_n but_o that_o it_o swallow_v up_o the_o flood_n whereby_o the_o mischief_n of_o the_o water_n or_o people_n be_v more_o proper_o signify_v which_o indeed_o fall_v severe_o as_o have_v be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 9_o on_o the_o idolatrous_a apostasy_n whilst_o the_o pure_a church_n be_v seal_v or_o secure_v and_o preserve_v from_o the_o hurt_n of_o the_o locust_n 17_o and_o the_o dragon_n be_v wrath_n with_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o pure_a church_n and_o he_o go_v to_o make_v war_n by_o mean_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 11_o 7._o to_o who_o he_o give_v his_o authority_n chap._n 13.2_o with_o the_o small_a remnant_n 34_o of_o her_o seed_n i._n e._n the_o witness_n who_o become_v visible_a by_o separate_v from_o the_o apostasy_n chap._n 11._o which_o keep_v the_o commandment_n of_o god_n pure_o and_o entire_o without_o addition_n and_o corruption_n and_o have_v the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n christ_n which_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n chap._n 19.10_o i_o e._n be_v witness_v church_n chap._n 11.3_o 34_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n be_v plain_o the_o witness_n chap._n 11._o which_o small_a remnant_n be_v war_v with_o and_o kill_v whilst_o the_o church_n in_o general_n or_o the_o woman_n be_v preserve_v by_o god_n chap._n xiii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o 1_o john_n stand_v upon_o the_o 1_o sand_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o see_v in_o vision_n a_o two_o wild_a savage_a 3_o beast_n i._n e._n a_o idolatrous_a cruel_a and_o persecute_v body_n of_o man_n under_o a_o chief_a head_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o 4_o sea_n i._n e._n take_v its_o beginning_n out_o of_o the_o commotion_n and_o confusion_n of_o nation_n and_o people_n dan._n 7.2_o 3_o have_v seven_o 5_o head_n or_o form_n of_o government_n chap._n 12_o 3.17_o 10_o and_o ten_o horn_n or_o kingdom_n chap._n 5_o 6.12_o 3.17_o 12._o and_o upon_o his_o horn_n ten_o 6_o crown_n or_o diadem_n to_o denote_v their_o sovereign_a power_n and_o upon_o his_o head_n the_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n signify_v that_o they_o be_v idolatrous_a government_n chap._n 2.9_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xiii_o 1_o the_o most_o proper_a place_n to_o receive_v a_o vision_n of_o a_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n 2_o so_o the_o word_n shall_v be_v translate_v for_o it_o be_v of_o a_o distinct_a signification_n from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o also_o ought_v to_o be_v render_v live_v creature_n and_o not_o beast_n 3_o it_o appear_v plain_o from_o dan._n 7.3_o 17_o 23._o that_o this_o be_v the_o true_a beast_n true_a see_v grotius_n on_o dan._n 7.3_o mat._n 20.26_o moor_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n part_v 2._o in_o the_o word_n beast_n scriptural_a notion_n of_o a_o beast_n in_o general_n 4_o this_o be_v take_v from_o dan._n 7.3_o where_o four_o great_a beast_n or_o kingdom_n be_v represent_v as_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n upon_o which_o the_o wind_n have_v strive_v whereby_o a_o troublesome_a state_n of_o affair_n be_v apt_o signify_v out_o of_o which_o empire_n and_o kingdom_n have_v general_o rise_v see_v num_fw-la 6._o 5_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v evident_o that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o be_v under_o seven_o form_n of_o government_n see_v on_o chap._n 12_o 3._o 17_o 10._o 6_o these_o horn_n be_v the_o kingdom_n into_o which_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v as_o appear_v from_o chap._n 17.10_o which_o be_v here_o represent_v as_o crown_v to_o denote_v that_o this_o be_v the_o state_n of_o the_o empire_n under_o which_o that_o division_n shall_v come_v to_o pass_v whereby_o it_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o state_n of_o the_o empire_n give_v as_o pagan_a in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n where_o its_o ten_o horn_n be_v not_o crown_v for_o although_o prophecy_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o vision_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 7.8_o general_o represent_v the_o four_o beast_n or_o roman_a empire_n in_o its_o full_a and_o complete_a portraiture_n as_o well_o with_o relation_n to_o what_o it_o be_v to_o be_v as_o to_o what_o it_o actual_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o each_o vision_n yet_o that_o a_o distinction_n of_o the_o time_n of_o its_o particular_a state_n and_o condition_n may_v he_o the_o better_o observe_v each_o representation_n be_v general_o diversify_v by_o some_o particular_a circumstance_n relate_v to_o it_o whereupon_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v represent_v as_o crown_v to_o show_v that_o this_o be_v the_o beast_n with_o which_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v to_o receive_v power_n from_o whence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o papacy_n as_o be_v show_v on_o rev._n 17.12_o which_o also_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n or_o out_o of_o the_o confusion_n of_o the_o roman_a city_n and_o empire_n when_o it_o be_v cast_v like_o a_o burn_a mountain_n into_o the_o sea_n chap._n 8.8_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o 292._o from_o morney_n du_fw-fr plessi_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n pag._n 81_o 85._o heidegger_n histor_n papatus_fw-la pars_fw-la 1._o cap._n 2._o bp._n overal_n convocat_n book_n pag._n 291_o 292._o history_n that_o the_o papacy_n rise_v upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n which_o begin_v with_o the_o the_o invasion_n of_o the_o northern_a nation_n about_o 400_o we_o may_v well_o date_n its_o first_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n from_o about_o that_o time_n when_o nation_n when_o epist_n ad_fw-la gaudentium_fw-la &_o in_o prefat_n ad_fw-la libr._n didym_n de_fw-fr sp._n s._n where_o by_o the_o see_v thing_n pot_n out_o of_o the_o north_n he_o understand_v the_o northern_a nation_n jerom_n expect_v antichrist_n who_o apocal._n who_o this_o be_v confess_v by_o bellarmine_n the_o roman_a pontif._n 3._o 5._o see_v mornay_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n downham_n of_o antichrist_n b._n 1._o c._n 3._o dr._n cressener_n append._n to_o his_o demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocal._n he_o and_o the_o ancient_a father_n believe_v shall_v rise_v upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n which_o they_o take_v to_o be_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o that_o which_o withhold_v the_o man_n of_o sin_n 2_o and_o the_o beast_n which_o i_o see_v be_v in_o its_o body_n like_o unto_o a_o 7_o leopard_n which_o represent_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n dan._n 7.6_o and_o his_o foot_n be_v as_o the_o foot_n of_o a_o 7_o bear_v the_o emblem_n of_o the_o medo-persian_a monarchy_n dan._n 7.5_o and_o his_o mouth_n as_o the_o mouth_n of_o a_o 7_o lion_n which_o be_v the_o symbol_n of_o the_o babylonian_a or_o assyrian_a monarchy_n dan._n 7.4_o and_o the_o 8_o dragon_n i._n e._n the_o pagan_a roman_a emperor_n chap._n 12._o 3_o 9_o 13._o give_v he_o i._n e._n the_o beast_n his_v 9_o power_n i_o e._n his_o diabolical_a art_n and_o force_n to_o entice_v and_o constrain_v man_n to_o idolatry_n his_o 10_o seat_n or_o throne_n i._n e._n his_o
the_o apostate_n state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n for_o as_o the_o papal_a monarchy_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o providential_a commotion_n and_o trouble_n of_o the_o empire_n so_o be_v the_o antichristian_a power_n of_o the_o clergy_n found_v upon_o the_o apostatise_v spirit_n of_o diotrephes_n increase_a by_o degree_n in_o the_o church_n 2._o it_o appear_v that_o some_o christian_a body_n of_o man_n be_v signify_v by_o this_o beast_n because_o it_o be_v say_v to_o have_v horn_n like_o a_o lamb_n which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o christ_n in_o scripture_n by_o which_o expression_n horn_n be_v the_o type_n of_o power_n and_o potentacy_n in_o scripture_n a_o apostate_n hierarchy_n or_o a_o holy_a government_n for_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v act_v under_o the_o sanctify_a pretence_n of_o christ_n authority_n and_o his_o religion_n and_o in_o ordine_fw-la ad_fw-la spiritualia_fw-la be_v very_o apposite_o set_v forth_o unto_o we_o and_o 3._o by_o this_o beast_n be_v represent_v with_o two_o horn_n be_v very_o apt_o signify_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o ecclesiastic_n under_o the_o potentacy_n of_o the_o rule_v clergy_n or_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o two_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o east_n and_o west_n and_o withal_o there_o be_v a_o intimation_n give_v that_o this_o beast_n rise_v when_o the_o empire_n be_v thus_o divide_v and_o last_o we_o may_v from_o hence_o conclude_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v not_o the_o antichrist_n who_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o monarch_n by_o one_o single_a horn_n in_o daniel_n but_o a_o body_n politic_a signify_v by_o a_o beast_n in_o prophecy_n under_o two_o coordinate_a power_n or_o horn_n by_o which_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n before_o the_o pope_n come_v to_o be_v a_o horn_n or_o to_o have_v his_o antichristian_a supremacy_n be_v very_o fit_o typify_v especial_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a patriarchates_n which_o be_v a_o mere_a usurpation_n in_o the_o church_n arise_v from_o the_o honour_n of_o precedency_n which_o the_o metropolitan_o of_o the_o chief_a city_n gain_v upon_o constantine_n new_a modelling_n of_o the_o empire_n which_o as_o bishop_n book_n bishop_n a_o account_n of_o the_o govern._n of_o the_o christian_a church_n for_o the_o first_o six_o hundred_o year_n pag._n 192.310_o and_o from_o pag._n 188._o to_o the_o end_n of_o that_o book_n parker_n speak_v quick_o become_v a_o stirrup_n to_o ambition_n to_o mount_v into_o a_o superiority_n of_o power_n and_o jurisdiction_n and_o although_o there_o be_v many_o contest_v betwixt_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a bishop_n yet_o as_o the_o same_o learned_a and_o judicious_a person_n have_v observe_v the_o patriarchal_a usurpation_n first_o begin_v at_o constantinople_n and_o the_o supremacy_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v found_v mere_o upon_o the_o ambition_n of_o the_o church_n of_o constantinople_n which_o word_n be_v a_o excellent_a comment_n upon_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a verse_n as_o his_o whole_a discourse_n there_o be_v wherein_o be_v prove_v that_o the_o eastern_a horn_n or_o hierarchy_n as_o well_o as_o the_o western_a be_v the_o chief_a cause_n of_o advance_v the_o beast_n or_o the_o papacy_n to_o its_o kingdom_n 29_o christ_n be_v typify_v by_o a_o lamb_n in_o 1.19_o in_o john_n 1.29_o 36._o act_n 8.32_o 1_o pet._n 1.19_o scripture_n the_o emblem_n of_o innocency_n meekness_n and_o purity_n and_o here_o be_v intimate_v that_o this_o be_v a_o antichristian_a beast_n because_o of_o its_o have_v something_o of_o a_o lamb_n in_o it_o the_o devil_n not_o be_v able_a to_o introduce_v antichristianism_n but_o under_o the_o mask_n of_o christianity_n and_o under_o a_o pretence_n to_o iniquity_n to_o see_v dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n mystery_n godliness_n and_o great_a and_o the_o pope_n whilst_o they_o give_v themselves_o the_o humble_a title_n make_v the_o proud_a claim_n and_o under_o the_o name_n of_o servus_n servorum_fw-la make_v themselves_o prince_n of_o the_o world_n bp._n parker_n ibid._n pag._n 347._o with_o relation_n to_o gregory_n the_o great_a humility_n by_o which_o way_n it_o be_v at_o first_o bring_v into_o the_o church_n and_o be_v still_o keep_v up_o in_o it_o 30_o here_o be_v signify_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v a_o pagano-christian_a beast_n and_o a_o persecute_v one_o because_o he_o speak_v and_o act_v like_o a_o dragon_n the_o type_n of_o paganism_n and_o persecution_n whilst_o his_o pretence_n be_v the_o authority_n and_o honour_n of_o christ_n the_o advancement_n of_o unity_n and_o peace_n and_o a_o zeal_n for_o god_n glory_n and_o a_o reduce_n of_o man_n by_o lamblike_a i._n e._n innocent_a and_o gentle_a method_n a_o phrase_n much_o use_v by_o the_o french_a clergy_n in_o their_o speech_n to_o their_o king_n upon_o his_o barbarous_a proceed_n against_o the_o french_a protestant_n 12_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o hierarchy_n exercise_v all_o the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n or_o the_o roman_a idolatrous_a monarchy_n before_o 31_o him_z be_v in_o favour_n of_o he_o for_o his_o honour_n and_o by_o his_o consent_n and_o cause_v the_o earth_n or_o the_o apostasy_n and_o they_o which_o dwell_v therein_o i._n e._n the_o apostate_n member_n of_o this_o earthly_a and_o worldly_a church_n the_o gentile_n the_o subject_n of_o this_o hierarchy_n chap._n 11.2_o to_o worship_n verse_n 4.8_o the_o first_o beast_n who_o deadly_a wound_n be_v heal_v i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n under_o the_o seven_o head_n and_o eight_o king_n verse_n 2_o 23._o chap._n 17._o 8_o 10_o 12._o 31_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v 1._o that_o this_o be_v the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n because_o it_o exercise_v power_n before_o the_o beast_n or_o in_o his_o presence_n which_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n as_o appear_v from_o its_o description_n before_o give_v 2._o that_o these_o two_o horn_n answer_v to_o the_o two_o foot_n in_o daniel_n the_o same_o thing_n be_v fit_o represent_v by_o foot_n in_o the_o image_n of_o a_o man_n and_o by_o horn_n in_o the_o type_n of_o a_o beast_n head_n and_o those_o two_o foot_n come_v not_o into_o succession_n until_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o ten_o king_n who_o be_v the_o ten_o iron_n toe_n of_o it_o which_o be_v not_o until_o a._n d._n 476._o when_o the_o imperatorial_n power_n cease_v and_o the_o papal_a succession_n begin_v with_o its_o ten_o king_n it_o will_v follow_v that_o this_o other_o beast_n exercise_v not_o the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n until_o then_o 3._o that_o the_o first_o beast_n with_o its_o seven_o head_n the_o papacy_n even_o when_o it_o be_v in_o succession_n as_o the_o eight_o king_n a.d._n 476._o yet_o do_v not_o then_o exercise_v its_o power_n of_o its_o self_n as_o be_v plain_a from_o history_n in_o which_o it_o be_v notorious_a that_o the_o papacy_n attain_v not_o its_o supremacy_n until_o a._n d._n 606._o and_o that_o all_o that_o time_n the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a division_n of_o the_o empire_n exercise_v all_o its_o power_n before_o it_o by_o minister_a unto_o it_o as_o the_o phrase_n signify_v 1_o sam._n 2.18_o or_o in_o 19_o in_o see_v grot._n on_o luke_n 4_o 7.24_o 19_o its_o stead_n and_o for_o its_o benefit_n as_o a_o kind_n of_o a_o protector_n of_o it_o in_o its_o infancy_n and_o as_o the_o clayie_a part_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o this_o image_n uphold_v and_o sustain_v the_o seven_o head_n 4._o although_o the_o first_o beast_n be_v before_o the_o other_o beast_n as_o the_o first_o beast_n signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n whence_o it_o be_v call_v the_o other_o beast_n with_o reference_n to_o some_o former_a or_o first_o beast_n yet_o as_o it_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n they_o be_v contemporary_a the_o papacy_n and_o the_o other_o beast_n in_o that_o particular_a notion_n as_o foot_n of_o clay_n come_v into_o succession_n together_o at_o 476._o which_o yet_o be_v before_o the_o first_o beast_n as_o they_o be_v a_o domineer_a and_o aspire_a body_n of_o man_n make_v way_n for_o the_o papal_a kingdom_n during_o the_o time_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n when_o the_o beast_n lie_v wound_v and_o be_v partly_o keep_v alive_a in_o a_o heal_a condition_n by_o they_o and_o as_o they_o be_v those_o who_o protect_v the_o new_a king_n the_o papacy_n from_o his_o succession_n at_o 476._o until_o his_o supremacy_n at_o 606._o 13_o and_o or_o for_o he_o do_v great_a 32_o wonder_n i._n e._n seem_o great_a but_o real_o lie_v and_o counterfeit_a one_o 2_o thessaly_n 2.9_o so_o that_o he_o make_v 33_o fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n on_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o sight_n of_o man_n i._n e._n appear_v to_o worldly_a and_o apostatise_v men_n consent_v to_o and_o applaud_v the_o cheat_n to_o work_v as_o great_a miracle_n as_o elias_n do_v 1_o king_n 18.33_o 2_o
king_n 1.10_o 32_o lie_v wonder_n be_v one_o character_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n giveh_o by_o the_o apostle_n 2_o thes_n 2.9_o and_o according_o it_o be_v notorious_a that_o the_o great_a apostasy_n be_v bring_v in_o by_o the_o lie_a miracle_n fabulous_a legend_n counterfeit_v write_n and_o pretend_a inspiration_n of_o the_o clergy_n as_o mr._n 2._o mr._n apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n b._n 1._o chap._n 2_o 3_o 4_o 5._o bishop_n stillingfleet_n second_o discourse_n in_o vindicat._n of_o the_o protestant_a ground_n of_o faith_n chap._n 3._o his_o discourse_n of_o idolatry_n chap._n 4._o his_o answer_n to_o mr._n cressy_n epistle_n apolog._n chap._n 2._o mede_n and_o other_o have_v prove_v bishop_n pope_n bishop_n account_v of_o the_o government_n of_o the_o church_n pag._n 249._o the_o right_a of_o the_o emperor_n in_o choose_v the_o pope_n be_v gain_v from_o they_o by_o a_o pretence_n to_o divine_a inspiration_n rycaut_n preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n parker_n observe_v that_o the_o constantinopolitan_a see_v which_o be_v afterward_o one_o of_o these_o horn_n when_o the_o clayie_a foot_n come_v into_o succession_n be_v first_o advance_v by_o the_o pretend_a inspiration_n of_o diodorus_n a_o old_a dote_v bishop_n and_o 110._o and_o annal._n lib._n 4_o &_o 5._o downham_n of_o antichrist_n lib._n 1._o pag._n 110._o aventinus_n confess_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o gregory_n the_o seven_o when_o antichrist_n come_v to_o his_o height_n false_a prophet_n be_v very_o frequent_a and_o according_o this_o very_a beast_n be_v call_v afteeward_n the_o false_a prophet_n 33_o this_o be_v one_o of_o those_o miracle_n which_o the_o loc_n the_o poli_fw-fr synop_n in_o loc_n jew_n require_v for_o proof_n that_o a_o prophet_n be_v send_v from_o god_n by_o which_o be_v intimate_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v permit_v by_o god_n to_o do_v great_a sign_n and_o that_o withal_o he_o be_v of_o a_o wrathful_a and_o a_o revengeful_a spirit_n contrary_a to_o that_o of_o the_o gospel_n where_o christ_n rebuke_n his_o disciple_n for_o call_v for_o fire_n from_o heaven_n 14_o and_o deceive_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o pagano-christian_a worshipper_n chap._n 11.2_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o those_o miracle_n which_o he_o have_v power_n to_o do_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o beast_n say_v to_o i._n e._n teach_v persuade_v and_o command_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o genti_fw-la e_fw-la worshipper_n chap._n 11.2_o that_o they_o shall_v make_v a_o image_n 34_o of_o universal_a roman_a persecute_v and_o idolatrous_a empire_n to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o have_v the_o wound_n by_o a_o sword_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n in_o its_o six_o head_n the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o do_v now_o live_v 35_o in_o this_o image_n 34_o here_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o image_n which_o 3._o which_o dan._n 3._o nabuchadnezzar_n set_v up_o which_o he_o make_v of_o gold_n to_o represent_v himself_o who_o be_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n in_o the_o great_a image_n he_o have_v see_v in_o a_o vision_n chap._n 2._o 38._o as_o the_o sole_a head_n and_o universal_a monarch_n of_o the_o world_n as_o he_o be_v acknoledge_v to_o be_v in_o the_o title_n give_v he_o verse_n 4_o or_o at_o least_o to_o be_v a_o figure_n of_o his_o universal_a monarchy_n of_o which_o a_o great_a image_n be_v the_o type_n in_o 31-45_a in_o chap._n 2_o 31-45_a daniel_n which_o image_n be_v also_o set_v up_o for_o divine_a worship_n and_o be_v call_v god_n at_o the_o 29_o verse_n all_o who_o refuse_v to_o serve_v and_o worship_v it_o be_v severe_o punish_v to_o all_o which_o particular_n there_o be_v clear_a reference_n in_o this_o chapter_n and_o in_o the_o usurpation_n of_o the_o pope_n the_o worship_n of_o image_n introduce_v especial_o by_o their_o mean_n and_o the_o great_a severity_n use_v against_o all_o the_o witness_n of_o who_o shadrack_n meshack_n and_o abednego_n be_v type_n who_o refuse_v to_o worship_v image_n and_o submit_v to_o the_o papal_a supremacy_n which_o be_v the_o image_n and_o the_o god_n the_o antichristianize_a hierarchy_n have_v set_v up_o 35_o do_v live_v signify_v do_v revive_v or_o recover_v as_o grotius_n and_o vatablus_n render_v the_o word_n and_o that_o in_o or_o by_o the_o image_n upon_o the_o make_n of_o which_o the_o beast_n be_v perfect_o cure_v his_o idolatry_n and_o supremacy_n become_v then_o predominant_a whereas_o it_o be_v before_o but_o in_o its_o infancy_n and_o under_o the_o tutorage_n of_o the_o other_o beast_n who_o be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o cardinal_z patron_n to_o the_o beast_n in_o its_o minority_n act_v all_o thing_n for_o he_o and_o in_o his_o favour_n as_o those_o cardinal_n now_o do_v for_o the_o pope_n in_o their_o decrepit_a age._n the_o six_o head_n as_o it_o distinct_o and_o particular_o denote_v the_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v neither_o heal_v nor_o revive_v the_o monarchy_n pass_v from_o it_o to_o the_o seven_o head_n although_o the_o beast_n be_v represent_v in_o his_o entire_a portraiture_n to_o show_v the_o succession_n of_o his_o head_n but_o as_o it_o denote_v and_o be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a idolatrous_a persecute_v monarchickness_n in_o which_o beastianism_n consist_v so_o it_o be_v revive_v and_o heal_v when_o the_o seven_o head_n attain_v idolatrous_a and_o persecute_v as_o well_o as_o roman_a power_n whereas_o during_o the_o christian_a empire_n although_o the_o emperor_n have_v roman_a monarchick_a power_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o idolatrous_a and_o persecute_v power_n as_o the_o pagan_a be_v whatsoever_o there_o be_v of_o degeneracy_n or_o persecution_n upon_o other_o account_n 15_o and_o he_o have_v power_n to_o give_v 36_o life_n i._n e._n activity_n and_o a_o power_n of_o work_v upon_o the_o mind_n of_o man_n to_o the_o *_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n unto_o the_o likeness_n and_o similitude_n of_o the_o pagan_a roman_a empire_n that_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v both_o speak_v in_fw-la decree_n and_o canon_n and_o also_o cause_n by_o ●ts_fw-fr own_o power_n and_o that_o of_o the_o secular_a magistrate_n that_o as_o many_o as_o will_v not_o worship_n obey_v and_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v kill_v by_o excommunication_n and_o the_o temporal_a sword_n dan._n 3.5_o 6_o 36_o for_o this_o be_v not_o a_o lifeless_a dumb_a idol_n like_o that_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n or_o those_o describe_v psalm_n 115._o but_o be_v possess_v with_o a_o active_a and_o a_o restless_a spirit_n as_o some_o of_o the_o place_n the_o see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o the_o place_n idol_n and_o oracle_n of_o old_a be_v or_o to_o give_v life_n to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n may_v signify_v the_o revival_n of_o paganism_n as_o life_n signify_v chap._n 11_o 11._o and_o verse_n 14._o *_o the_o devil_n be_v wound_v in_o his_o power_n by_o the_o wound_n of_o the_o six_o or_o pagan_a head_n and_o know_v from_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n that_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o other_o pagan_a monarchy_n and_o draconick_a head_n give_v his_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n but_o perceive_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v not_o able_a to_o deceive_v the_o world_n by_o a_o pure_a imperatorial_n power_n and_o a_o bare-faced_n heathen_a idolatry_n he_o wrought_v upon_o the_o gentile_a worshipper_n or_o antichristian_a laity_n new_o convert_v from_o heathenism_n and_o retain_v a_o great_a love_n for_o the_o magnificence_n and_o custom_n of_o their_o former_a religion_n by_o mean_n of_o the_o other_o dan_fw-mi 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o antichristianize_a hierarchy_n to_o make_v a_o image_n which_o shall_v be_v not_o only_o to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n but_o shall_v be_v a_o resemblance_n of_o it_o now_o a_o image_n be_v not_o the_o thing_n itself_o but_o a_o similitude_n of_o it_o this_o image_n must_v consist_v in_o some_o likeness_n or_o resemblance_n of_o a_o universal_a persecute_v and_o idolatrous_a empire_n in_o which_o the_o nature_n of_o beastianism_n be_v place_v by_o prophecy_n which_o be_v exact_o fulfil_v 1._o when_o the_o papacy_n attain_v a_o universal_a supremacy_n which_o yet_o be_v but_o a_o ecclesiastic_a or_o spiritual_a one_o or_o a_o temporal_a one_o under_o a_o hierarchick_a form_n erect_v after_o the_o model_n and_o platform_n of_o the_o civil_a empire_n be_v indeed_o but_o a_o clayie_a image_n or_o resemblance_n of_o the_o real_a and_o substantial_a power_n which_o the_o emperor_n enjoy_v and_o want_v the_o strength_n of_o 40-43_a of_o dan._n 2_o 40-43_a iron_n which_o be_v necessary_a to_o all_o dominion_n which_o the_o papacy_n have_v not_o of_o itself_o but_o from_o the_o iron_n and_o strength_n of_o its_o ten_o toe_n or_o of_o the_o king_n unite_v under_o he_o as_o a_o spiritual_a head_n such_o a_o image_n do_v monarchy_n do_v
25_o be_v most_o admirable_o applicable_a to_o the_o antichristian_a roman_a state_n it_o be_v the_o only_a conspicuous_a and_o remarkable_a number_n in_o that_o hierarchy_n describe_v the_o papacy_n in_o its_o most_o essential_a part_n that_o church_n have_v be_v fatal_o lead_v to_o lay_v its_o very_a foundation_n upon_o it_o it_o have_v at_o first_o five_o and_o twenty_o cardinal_n and_o its_o creed_n consist_v of_o five_o and_o twenty_o article_n as_o the_o apostle_n do_v of_o twelve_o as_o mr._n potter_n have_v accurate_o show_v in_o these_o and_o many_o other_o particular_n 7._o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o as_o the_o number_n 666._o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v make_v out_o of_o 12_o whatsoever_o number_v you_o multiply_v it_o by_o so_o neither_o can_v the_o antichristian_a state_n any_o way_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o apostle_n doctrine_n last_o the_o number_n 666._o consist_v of_o the_o same_o number_n in_o all_o its_o place_n from_o vnit_n to_o hundred_o be_v upon_o that_o account_n as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n very_o remarkable_a according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o wise_a pagan_n who_o make_v their_o vow_n in_o the_o same_o proportion_n and_o because_o it_o consist_v of_o a_o entire_a locum_fw-la entire_a poli_fw-fr synop_n in_o locum_fw-la senary_a of_o number_n arise_v by_o degree_n from_o vnit_n to_o ten_o and_o from_o thence_o to_o hundred_o and_o that_o in_o a_o proportion_n very_o agreeable_a by_o the_o multiplication_n of_o 6_o by_o 10_o so_o as_o that_o 6_o be_v find_v 10_o time_n in_o 60_o and_o 60_o 10_o time_n in_o 600_o it_o may_v from_o thence_o be_v think_v to_o signify_v the_o seem_a comeliness_n and_o proportion_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n which_o be_v so_o great_a that_o it_o be_v apt_a to_o deceive_v those_o who_o do_v not_o exercise_v wisdom_n to_o discern_v thing_n it_o be_v at_o first_o sight_n a_o number_n more_o proportionable_a than_o 144_o the_o number_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o necessary_a be_v it_o to_o count_v number_n and_o to_o extract_v the_o root_n of_o they_o by_o strip_v thing_n of_o their_o outward_a seem_a appearance_n although_o never_o so_o comely_a and_o search_v into_o the_o very_a intimate_a nature_n and_o essence_n of_o they_o chap._n fourteen_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o look_v or_o be_v in_o vision_n and_o lo_o a_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n stand_v to_o import_v his_o settlement_n in_o his_o government_n and_o his_o rule_n and_o defence_n of_o his_o people_n psalm_n 2.6_o mic._n 5.4_o on_o the_o mount_n 1_o zion_n i._n e._n appear_v in_o a_o exalt_a and_o a_o establish_a state_n in_o his_o kingdom_n psalm_n 48._o mic._n 4.1_o heb._n 12.22_o and_o with_o he_o a_o 2_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o i._n e._n a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n chap._n 7.4_o have_v his_o i._n e._n christ_n father_n name_v 3_o write_v in_o their_o forehead_n i._n e._n open_o adjudge_v by_o god_n and_o profess_v themselves_o to_o be_v the_o true_a follower_n of_o christ_n see_v on_o chap._n 7.3_o annotation_n on_o chap._n fourteen_o 1_o zion_n 48.2_o zion_n josh_n 15.63_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 1-10_a 1_o chron._n 11_o 1-9_a 2_o chron._n 3.1_o psalm_n 48.2_o be_v the_o mountain_n or_o upper_a part_n of_o jerusalem_n on_o one_o side_n of_o which_o stand_v the_o house_n or_o palace_n of_o david_n as_o the_o temple_n do_v on_o the_o north_n side_n of_o it_o call_v mount_n moriah_n which_o be_v reckon_v as_o a_o part_n of_o mount_n zion_n this_o mountain_n be_v take_v by_o david_n from_o the_o jebusite_n who_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n be_v not_o able_a to_o drive_v out_o because_o of_o their_o unbelief_n and_o be_v the_o first_o exploit_n undertake_v by_o he_o after_o his_o be_v anoint_a king_n over_o all_o israel_n upon_o the_o submission_n pay_v unto_o he_o by_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n and_o their_o acknowledgement_n of_o their_o be_v his_o bone_n and_o his_o flesh_n wherein_o they_o be_v type_n of_o the_o obedience_n that_o all_o nation_n be_v to_o pay_v to_o christ_n and_o of_o their_o become_a member_n of_o his_o body_n of_o his_o flesh_n and_o of_o his_o bone_n ephes_n 5.30_o david_n take_v it_o when_o he_o begin_v to_o 23._o to_o 2_o sam._n 5.4_o luke_n 3.22_o 23._o reign_v be_v thirty_o year_n old_a according_a to_o the_o age_n when_o our_o saviour_n begin_v to_o preach_v gather_v member_n for_o his_o kingdom_n and_o cast_v out_o devil_n as_o david_n also_o dispossess_v the_o 7._o the_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 6-8_a gregory_n observat_fw-la chap._n 7._o jebusite_n and_o cast_v out_o their_o tutelary_a idol_n the_o hatred_n of_o his_o soul_n call_v by_o he_o and_o his_o follower_n by_o way_n of_o sarcasm_n and_o contempt_n the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a as_o have_v eye_n but_o see_v not_o and_o foot_n but_o walk_v not_o according_a to_o the_o like_a expression_n use_v by_o he_o psalm_n 115._o when_o he_o have_v take_v it_o he_o fortify_v the_o strong_a hold_n of_o it_o and_o afterward_o build_v there_o and_o make_v a_o beautiful_a city_n call_v it_o the_o city_n of_o david_n in_o all_o which_o he_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o that_o mountain_n strong_n hold_v and_o city_n be_v of_o the_o strength_n stability_n and_o beauty_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n especial_o as_o it_o shall_v appear_v at_o last_o in_o a_o most_o glorious_a manner_n triumph_v over_o all_o heathen_a and_o antichristian_a idol_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v set_v his_o king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n and_o christ_n shall_v stand_v and_o feed_v his_o people_n and_o be_v great_a unto_o the_o end_v of_o the_o earth_n psalm_n 2.6_o micah_n 5.4_o only_o here_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o as_o the_o take_n of_o this_o mountain_n be_v the_o first_o achievement_n of_o david_n after_o he_o come_v to_o the_o kingdom_n before_o he_o be_v full_o establish_v in_o it_o and_o have_v build_v his_o city_n so_o may_v this_o appearance_n of_o christ_n be_v some_o preparatory_a state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o david_n in_o scripture_n rise_v 2._o rise_v micah_n 4.1_o 2._o to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o exalt_v itself_o above_o the_o hill_n that_o so_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n may_v be_v hear_v and_o people_n may_v flow_v unto_o it_o but_o somewhat_o different_a from_o the_o state_n of_o its_o full_a establishment_n when_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v appear_v in_o its_o utmost_a glory_n as_o in_o the_o description_n of_o it_o give_v heb._n 12.22_o they_o first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n before_o they_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n and_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n as_o be_v more_o full_o show_v on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n where_o this_o whole_a matter_n be_v large_o consider_v 2._o that_o here_o be_v represent_v some_o exalt_v state_n of_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n itself_o typify_v by_o mount_n zion_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o of_o so_o high_a and_o so_o exalt_v a_o nature_n as_o that_o which_o it_o shall_v afterward_o arrive_v to_o when_o it_o shall_v appear_v as_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n or_o in_o its_o heavenly_a state_n it_o be_v probable_a that_o there_o be_v exaltation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o the_o archetype_n of_o it_o in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n of_o which_o the_o several_a advances_n it_o receive_v here_o on_o earth_n be_v the_o counterpart_n pattern_n and_o example_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 12.1_o and_o will_v be_v show_v more_o large_o hereafter_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a to_o give_v account_n of_o many_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n without_o this_o supposition_n 2_o as_o this_o vision_n relate_v to_o the_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n there_o be_v hereby_o signify_v a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n appear_v in_o a_o state_n of_o open_a and_o public_a profession_n of_o christ_n pure_a religion_n but_o as_o it_o refer_v to_o the_o state_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n hereby_o be_v denote_v a_o appearance_n of_o the_o very_a 144000._o mention_v in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n who_o be_v the_o saint_n and_o witness_n depart_v in_o the_o lord_n 3_o they_o be_v before_o seal_v and_o in_o a_o hide_a and_o invisible_a state_n but_o now_o they_o have_v a_o name_v write_v that_o be_v appear_v legible_a upon_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o the_o name_n of_o god_n whereby_o may_v be_v understand_v some_o approbation_n of_o they_o and_o declaration_n on_o god_n part_n before_o who_o throne_n they_o be_v verse_n 5._o as_o to_o be_v judge_v and_o approve_v by_o he_o that_o they_o be_v holiness_n unto_o the_o lord_n in_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n on_o the_o high-priest_n frontlet_n exod._n 20.36_o and_o that_o they_o be_v worthy_a of_o the_o exalt_v state_n they_o now_o
be_v advance_v unto_o and_o withal_o a_o open_a profession_n of_o the_o witness_n on_o earth_n that_o they_o be_v god_n true_a soldier_n and_o servant_n who_o use_v to_o grotius_n to_o see_v mr._n mede_n on_o the_o place_n and_o grotius_n be_v mark_v in_o the_o forehead_n and_o not_o mark_v slave_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o by_o the_o mention_n of_o christ_n seal_a number_n in_o this_o place_n be_v intimate_v the_o great_a difference_n there_o will_v be_v in_o the_o issue_n and_o event_n of_o thing_n betwixt_o christ_n servant_n appear_v thus_o in_o glory_n and_o the_o mark_v servant_n of_o the_o beast_n just_o beforementioned_a in_o the_o former_a chapter_n and_o withal_o according_a to_o that_o know_a rule_n that_o opposite_n when_o place_v near_o one_o another_o illustrate_v each_o other_o hereby_o be_v much_o establish_v the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o number_n of_o 666._o there_o give_v 12_o the_o root_n of_o 144000._o be_v a_o anti-number_n to_o 25_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n signify_v a_o apostolical_a body_n of_o witness_n as_o that_o do_v a_o anti-apostolical_a one_o see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 7._o num_fw-la 9_o and_o on_o chap._n 13.18_o 2_o and_o i_o hear_v a_o voice_n 4_o from_o heaven_n as_o the_o voice_n of_o many_o water_n i._n e._n a_o loud_a and_o powerful_a one_o chap._n 1._o 15._o and_o as_o the_o voice_n of_o a_o great_a 4_o thunder_z i._n e._n terrible_a chap._n 4_o 5._o 6_o 1._o 10_o 3._o and_o i_o hear_v the_o voice_n of_o 4_o harper_n harp_v with_o their_o harp_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o great_a and_o powerful_a appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n chap._n 11.15_o 4_o 4_o 4_o voices_z thunder_z call_v so_o frequent_o psalm_n 29._o and_o in_o other_o place_n the_o voice_n of_o god_n music_n and_o singing_n be_v the_o constant_a forerunner_n and_o attendant_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o have_v be_v frequent_o observe_v and_o it_o seem_v to_o i_o that_o this_o vision_n relate_v to_o the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n when_o there_o be_v great_a 5.8_o great_a see_v grot._n on_o rev._n 5.8_o voice_n hear_v in_o heaven_n say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o that_o it_o be_v synchronous_n and_o contemporary_a with_o it_o it_o be_v very_o rational_a that_o the_o seven_o loud_a voice_n so_o audible_o hear_v in_o order_n in_o this_o chapter_n shall_v be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o thunder_n mention_v chap._n 10_o 3-8_a now_o unseal_v or_o open_v which_o be_v then_o seal_v and_o not_o to_o be_v write_v or_o come_v into_o event_n until_o the_o day_n of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n and_o here_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o by_o the_o voice_n and_o music_n be_v not_o only_o represent_v a_o appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n but_o that_o also_o they_o signify_v the_o joy_n which_o be_v in_o heaven_n and_o in_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n upon_o the_o exaltation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n for_o if_o there_o be_v joy_n in_o heaven_n upon_o the_o conversion_n of_o a_o sinner_n it_o may_v well_o be_v suppose_v to_o be_v there_o also_o upon_o the_o great_a advancement_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n and_o among_o all_o the_o music_n of_o the_o temple_n perhaps_o 5.8_o perhaps_o see_v grot._n on_o rev._n 5.8_o harp_n be_v here_o more_o particular_o mention_v because_o it_o be_v the_o musical_a instrument_n of_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n which_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v make_v use_n of_o in_o set_v forth_o great_a and_o extraordinary_a action_n and_o be_v the_o particular_a instrument_n which_o david_n be_v eminent_o skill_v in_o and_o which_o be_v the_o occasion_n of_o his_o be_v bring_v to_o court_n and_o fit_v for_o the_o kingdom_n which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n here_o represent_v and_o thunder_v also_o may_v be_v here_o mention_v to_o show_v that_o the_o seven_o voice_n of_o this_o vision_n be_v the_o several_a open_n or_o vnsealing_n of_o the_o seven_o thunder_n which_o be_v seal_v chap._n 10.4_o 3_o and_o they_o sing_v as_o it_o be_v a_o new_a song_n i._n e._n the_o song_n of_o redemption_n by_o christ_n blood_n alone_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v new_a because_o it_o have_v not_o be_v teach_v nor_o hear_v open_o during_o the_o apostasy_n see_v chap._n 5.9_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n chap._n 4._o and_o before_o the_o four_o beast_n or_o live_a creature_n chap._n 4.6_o and_o the_o elder_n chap._n 4.4_o i_o e._n the_o doctrine_n of_o redemption_n and_o those_o who_o sing_v and_o have_v teach_v it_o in_o the_o church_n whilst_o they_o be_v upon_o earth_n be_v approve_v of_o by_o god_n and_o the_o divine_a consistory_n which_o all_o along_o in_o this_o prophecy_n appear_v as_o pass_v judgement_n upon_o the_o action_n represent_v in_o it_o see_v chap._n 4.1_o pag._n 70._o and_o no_o man_n can_v learn_v that_o song_n but_o the_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o i._n e._n none_o can_v full_o understand_v and_o experience_n the_o doctrine_n teach_v in_o that_o song_n but_o those_o true_a christ_n ans_fw-fr which_o be_v redeem_v i._n e._n rescue_v and_o deliver_v by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n alone_o from_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n from_o the_o corruption_n of_o antichristianism_n 4_o these_o be_v they_o which_o be_v not_o defile_v with_o whorish_a woman_n i._n e._n be_v not_o member_n of_o idolatrous_a church_n ezek._n 23._o see_v rev._n 17.1_o for_o they_o be_v virgin_n and_o not_o prostitute_n as_o jezebel_n and_o the_o whore_n chap._n 17._o and_o have_v keep_v themselves_o pure_a from_o all_o idolatry_n and_o antichristian_a pollution_n psalm_n 45.14_o canticl_n 1.3_o 2_o cor._n 11.2_o these_o be_v they_o which_o 5_o follow_v the_o lamb_n wheresoever_o he_o go_v i._n e._n be_v the_o faithful_a disciple_n of_o christ_n and_o be_v now_o his_o more_o immediate_a attendant_n in_o the_o heavenly_a state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n here_o represent_v these_o be_v 6_o redeemed_z from_z 7_o among_o man_n be_v the_o first_o 7_o fruit_n unto_o god_n and_o to_o the_o lamb_n i._n e._n the_o choice_a member_n of_o his_o church_n and_o the_o first_o partaker_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n 5_o a_o metaphor_n take_v from_o those_o officer_n who_o be_v the_o constant_a attendant_n of_o prince_n or_o from_o the_o disciple_n of_o prophet_n concern_v who_o this_o phrase_n be_v use_v in_o 9.57_o in_o matth._n 8.19_o luke_n 9.57_o scripture_n or_o rather_o from_o the_o virgin_n the_o companion_n of_o the_o bride_n and_o bridegroom_n psalm_n 45.14_o matth._n 25._o christ_n kingdom_n be_v liken_v to_o a_o marriage-supper_n chap._n 19.9_o and_o his_o attendant_n as_o a_o bridegroom_n to_o virgin_n matth._n 25._o who_o be_v also_o the_o chorus_n to_o the_o marriage-song_n of_o his_o kingdom_n in_o the_o book_n of_o canticle_n and_o they_o be_v mention_v in_o opposition_n to_o the_o follower_n and_o worshipper_n of_o the_o beast_n 6_o as_o the_o first-born_a be_v wont_a to_o be_v under_o the_o law_n exod._n 13_o 13.22_o 29._o 7_o first_o fruit_n text_n fruit_n exod._n 22.29_o numb_a 18.16_o jerem._n 2.3_o zech._n 2.12_o james_n 1.18_o see_v mede_n on_o the_o place_n and_o the_o commentator_n on_o these_o text_n be_v the_o first_o and_o the_o choice_a offering_n and_o whatsoever_o be_v separate_v from_o profane_a use_v to_o holy_a one_o whereby_o be_v signify_v 1._o the_o first_o church_n of_o choice_n holy_a and_o pure_a christian_n which_o shall_v appear_v at_o the_o expire_a of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n upon_o the_o first_o succession_n of_o christ_n into_o his_o kingdom_n when_o as_o have_v be_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 10._o num_fw-la 13._o the_o thirty_o year_n in_o daniel_n which_o make_v the_o 1260_o year_n to_o amount_v to_o 1290._o be_v to_o begin_v in_o the_o full_a and_o entire_a resurrection_n of_o the_o witness_n who_o be_v say_v here_o to_o be_v redeem_v by_o the_o lamb_n or_o christ_n alone_o in_o opposition_n to_o their_o own_o and_o other_o merit_n and_o antichristian_a pardon_n and_o indulgence_n and_o that_o from_o among_o man_n i._n e._n from_o out_o of_o the_o world_n or_o the_o common_a state_n of_o mankind_n or_o rather_o from_o the_o antichristian_a man_n of_o the_o earth_n those_o merchant_n chap._n 18_o 11-13_a who_o buy_v and_o sell_v man_n and_o soul_n 2._o because_o in_o this_o vision_n there_o be_v describe_v not_o only_o the_o state_n of_o christ_n church_n and_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n but_o also_o the_o state_n of_o the_o archetypal_a kingdom_n in_o heaven_n hereby_o be_v also_o represent_v the_o first_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o the_o member_n of_o it_o the_o witness_n depart_v in_o the_o lord_n who_o have_v the_o privilege_n to_o be_v the_o
be_v signify_v the_o preservation_n and_o security_n of_o the_o saint_n during_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n upon_o the_o wicked_a whereupon_o fire_n be_v not_o here_o mention_v where_o the_o sea_n be_v speak_v of_o with_o relation_n to_o they_o and_o the_o scripture_n seem_v to_o affirm_v that_o the_o day_n of_o the_o last_o great_a tribulation_n which_o may_v perhaps_o refer_v to_o the_o vial_n shall_v be_v shorten_v or_o cut_v off_o for_o the_o sake_n of_o the_o elect_n isa_n 10.22_o matth._n 24.22_o rom._n 9.28_o 7_o by_o a_o usual_a hebraism_n the_o most_o excellent_a thing_n be_v attribute_v to_o god_n in_o scripture_n whence_o these_o phrase_n cedar_n of_o god_n mountain_n of_o god_n and_o the_o like_a and_o by_o these_o harp_n be_v signify_v such_o heavenly_a music_n or_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n in_o this_o representation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o david_n the_o king_n a_o type_n of_o christ_n use_v in_o his_o royal_a palace_n and_o in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n call_v the_o music_n of_o god_n in_o 7.6_o in_o 1_o chron._n 16.42_o 2_o chron._n 7.6_o scripture_n skill_n to_o play_v on_o the_o harp_n be_v one_o of_o those_o gift_n which_o god_n bestow_v on_o david_n to_o fit_v he_o for_o the_o kingdom_n 1_o sam._n 17.13_o 18._o and_o in_o which_o the_o prophet_n exercise_v themselves_o 1_o sam._n 10.5_o and_o so_o also_o at_o the_o passage_n over_o the_o red_a sea_n which_o be_v here_o allude_v to_o the_o woman_n go_v out_o after_o miriam_n with_o timbrel_n dance_n and_o song_n exod._n 15_o 20-22_a 3_o and_o 8_o they_o sing_v now_o in_o a_o happy_a and_o secure_a state_n the_o song_n of_o moses_n i._n e._n one_o of_o the_o same_o spirit_n and_o style_n with_o that_o which_o be_v sing_v by_o he_o exod._n 15._o the_o 3.5_o the_o deut._n 34.10_o heb._n 3.5_o eminent_a servant_n of_o god_n and_o 3.5_o and_o deut._n 34.10_o heb._n 3.5_o faithful_n in_o all_o his_o house_n and_o therefore_o a_o fit_a type_n of_o these_o faithful_a witness_n and_o worthy_a to_o be_v imitate_v by_o they_o in_o a_o song_n in_o memory_n of_o god_n judgement_n on_o antichrist_n of_o who_o the_o egyptian_n the_o subject_a of_o moses_n song_n be_v a_o type_n and_o they_o sing_v the_o song_n of_o the_o lamb_n christ_n sing_v chap_n 5_o 8-14_a saying_n great_a as_o to_o the_o power_n by_o which_o they_o be_v wrought_v exod._n 15.6_o 7._o rev._n 5.12_o and_o marvellous_a as_o to_o the_o wisdom_n of_o they_o exod._n 15.11_o rev._n 5.12_o be_v all_o thy_n work_v especial_o those_o wrought_v in_o our_o deliverance_n lord_n god_n almighty_a glorious_a in_o holiness_n do_v wonder_n exod._n 15.11_o rev._n 4.8_o just_a in_o punish_v and_o true_a in_o perform_v thy_o promise_n be_v thy_o way_n i._n e._n proceed_n and_o action_n exod._n 15.13_o deut._n 42.4_o thou_o king_n of_o saint_n who_o thou_o do_v defend_v deliver_v and_o exalt_v exod._n 15.17_o 18._o rev._n 5.9_o 8_o as_o moses_n and_o the_o israelite_n also_o do_v on_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n exod._n 15._o betwixt_o which_o song_n and_o that_o of_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 4_o and_o 5._o there_o be_v a_o very_a remarkable_a congruity_n as_o be_v observe_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n 4_o who_o of_o all_o the_o creature_n rev._n 5.13_o shall_v not_o fear_v thou_o o_o lord_n for_o thy_o judgement_n exod._n 15_o 14-16_a jerem._n 10.7_o and_o glorify_v thy_o name_n i._n e._n thou_o thy_o excellency_n and_o perfection_n exod._n 15.3_o 11._o for_o thou_o only_o be_v holy_a exod._n 15.11_o rev._n 4_o 8._o for_o all_o nation_n shall_v come_v and_o worship_v before_o thou_o alone_a exod._n 15_o 14-16_a rev._n 4_o 8-11_a and_o 5.13_o for_o thy_o judgement_n be_v make_v manifest_a in_o the_o glory_n of_o thy_o triumph_n over_o thy_o enemy_n exod._n 15.6_o 7._o rev._n 5.13_o 5_o and_o after_o that_o song_n and_o vision_n i_o look_v again_o or_o be_v in_o vision_n and_o behold_v the_o 9_o temple_n or_o 7.44_o or_o psal_n 28_o 2._o 138_o 2._o grot._n and_o hammond_n on_o this_o place_n and_o on_o act_n 7.44_o oracle_n the_o most_o holy_a place_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o testimony_n i._n e._n of_o the_o divine_a habitation_n or_o dwelling-place_n where_o god_n use_v to_o manifest_v and_o exhibit_v himself_o and_o give_v testimony_n of_o his_o presence_n and_o in_o which_o be_v the_o two_o table_n the_o witness_n of_o the_o covenant_n betwixt_o god_n and_o his_o people_n which_o be_v to_o testify_v what_o god_n require_v and_o testify_v against_o they_o if_o they_o break_v it_o exod._n 25.10_o 22.31_o 18_o 38_o 21._o numb_a 1.50_o deut._n 31.6_o act_n 7.44_o in_o heaven_n in_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n and_o in_o the_o pure_a church_n see_v on_o chap._n 14_o 2._o be_v open_v i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o very_a high_a appearance_n of_o a_o exalt_v state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n and_o a_o very_a great_a manifestation_n of_o his_o kingdom_n on_o earth_n and_o extraordinary_a communication_n of_o god_n will_n aod_a evidence_n of_o his_o presence_n especial_o in_o 10_o judgement_n 9_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n denote_v the_o holy_a of_o holies_n the_o most_o sacred_a part_n of_o it_o which_o be_v now_o open_v to_o signify_v some_o extraordinary_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v many_o gradual_a open_n and_o vision_n of_o the_o several_a part_n of_o the_o temple_n according_a to_o the_o several_a advances_n of_o christ_n church_n and_o kingdom_n unto_o its_o perfection_n for_o in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o temple_n open_v chap._n 11.19_o only_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o testament_n be_v see_v which_o relate_v only_o to_o some_o particular_a great_a mystery_n concern_v christ_n redemption_n whereas_o here_o the_o whole_a inward_a tabernacle_n of_o testimony_n be_v discover_v which_o have_v several_a 15_a several_a heb._n 9_o 15_a other_o thing_n in_o it_o beside_o the_o ark_n whereby_o other_o manifestation_n may_v be_v signify_v but_o although_o the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v the_o primary_n type_n allude_v to_o yet_o ezekiel_n visional_a temple_n be_v the_o more_o immediate_a type_n and_o the_o ultimate_a prospect_n of_o all_o be_v upon_o god_n dwelling_n in_o holy_a soul_n especial_o in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n by_o his_o shecinah_n or_o special_a presence_n and_o to_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n be_v the_o temple_n into_o which_o all_o be_v at_o last_o resolve_v rev._n 21.3_o 22._o 10_o this_o i_o take_v as_o appear_v from_o the_o next_o verse_n to_o be_v the_o principal_a intent_n of_o the_o open_v of_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n at_o this_o time_n viz._n that_o god_n will_n concern_v the_o approach_a judgement_n ready_a to_o be_v execute_v be_v now_o plain_o make_v know_v express_v here_o by_o the_o open_v of_o that_o place_n from_o whence_o the_o divine_a response_n and_o oracle_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v make_v under_o the_o law_n and_o therefore_o the_o angel_n come_v forth_o in_o the_o habit_n in_o which_o the_o highpriest_n be_v wont_a to_o come_v out_o of_o the_o holy_a of_o holies_n with_o a_o answer_n from_o god_n 6_o and_o the_o seven_o angel_n or_o minister_n of_o god_n judgement_n come_v out_o of_o the_o heavenly_a temple_n have_v the_o seven_o plague_n stroke_n or_o punishment_n clothe_v in_o pure_a and_o white_a linen_n chap._n 3.4_o 5._o and_o have_v their_o breast_n gird_v with_o golden_a girdle_n i._n e._n they_o come_v out_o in_o the_o habit_n of_o priest_n and_o king_n to_o show_v the_o royal_a priesthood_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o heavenly_a temple_n or_o tabernacle_n out_o of_o which_o these_o judgement_n proceed_v see_v chap._n 1_o 13_o 7_o and_o one_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n or_o the_o first_o of_o the_o representative_n of_o the_o apostolical_a church_n chap._n 4_o 6._o 6_o 1._o give_v 11_o unto_o the_o seven_o angel_n seven_o golden_a vial_n or_o bowl_n 2_o chron._n 4.22_o rev._n 5.8_o full_a not_o of_o incense_n but_o of_o the_o 12_o wrath_n of_o god_n tread_a cut_v of_o the_o winepress_n of_o his_o wrath_n out_o of_o which_o the_o vial_n be_v fill_v chap._n 14_o 19_o 20._o 15_o 1._o 19_o 15._o who_o live_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o and_o therefore_o can_v and_o will_v punish_v the_o wicked_a with_o a_o utter_a and_o a_o everlasting_a destruction_n deut._n 32_o 22-43_a heb._n 10.31_o 11_o the_o seven_o angel_n have_v indeed_o the_o seven_o plague_n that_o be_v the_o judgement_n and_o punishment_n which_o be_v to_o be_v execute_v but_o beside_o the_o material_n if_o i_o may_v so_o speak_v of_o these_o judiciary_n plague_n there_o be_v also_o something_o in_o god_n severe_a judgement_n which_o come_v more_o immediate_o from_o the_o hand_n of_o god_n himself_o in_o which_o the_o very_a essence_n and_o formality_n of_o hell_n of_o rom._n 12.19_o heb._n
10_o 28-31_a see_v dr._n tho._n goodwin_n discourse_n of_o the_o punishment_n of_o sin_n in_o hell_n hell_n torment_n be_v think_v to_o consist_v now_o this_o wrath_n of_o god_n the_o sting_n of_o his_o punishment_n and_o the_o very_a gall_n of_o they_o be_v here_o give_v to_o the_o angel_n by_o one_o of_o the_o four_o live_a creature_n that_o be_v by_o the_o first_o of_o they_o as_o one_o general_o signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n who_o voice_n be_v as_o thunder_n and_o who_o have_v the_o very_a purity_n and_o power_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o that_o in_o golden_a vial_n to_o signify_v the_o purity_n and_o holiness_n of_o god_n judgement_n and_o that_o they_o be_v execute_v upon_o the_o prayer_n of_o saint_n of_o which_o golden_a vial_n and_o incense_n be_v a_o emblem_n chap._n 5._o 8._o 12_o the_o wicked_a with_o their_o sin_n be_v cast_v as_o grape_n of_o sodom_n deut._n 32.32_o 33._o into_o the_o winepress_n of_o god_n wrath_n tread_v by_o christ_n chap._n 19_o 15._o as_o redeemer_n and_o out_o of_o that_o wine_n be_v these_o vial_n fill_v whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o just_a vengeance_n and_o recompense_n of_o god_n be_v execute_v upon_o they_o by_o christ_n as_o the_o demerit_n and_o consequence_n of_o their_o sin_n for_o the_o blood_n of_o his_o servant_n they_o have_v shed_v and_o as_o the_o vial_n of_o the_o prayer_n of_o the_o saint_n chap._n 5.8_o be_v full_a of_o odour_n by_o virtue_n of_o christ_n intercession_n so_o be_v these_o full_a of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o intercession_n of_o christ_n for_o his_o oppress_a saint_n 8_o and_o the_o temple_n be_v 13_o fill_v with_o 14_o smoke_n from_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o from_o his_o power_n i._n e._n there_o be_v settle_v manifestati●ns_n of_o god_n powerful_a and_o glorious_a presence_n in_o a_o bless_a state_n ezek._n 43_o 4-6_a and_o 15_o or_o but_o no_o man_n or_o no_o creature_n be_v able_a to_o enter_v into_o the_o temple_n i._n e._n god_n glorious_a presence_n can_v not_o be_v enjoy_v in_o its_o high_a manifestation_n ezek._n 48_o 35._o rev_n 21.3_o 23_o 24._o till_o the_o seven_o plague_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n be_v fulfil_v i._n e._n until_o the_o perfect_a destruction_n of_o the_o wicked_a who_o sin_n 16_o hinder_v god_n presence_n ezek._n 43.9_o 13_o the_o constant_a 1-9_a constant_a exod._n 43.34_o 35._o leu._n 16.2_o numb_a 9_o 15-23_a 1_o king_n 8_o 10-13_a 2_o chron._n 7_o 14_a ezek._n 43_o 1-9_a manifestation_n of_o god_n presence_n be_v signify_v in_o scripture_n by_o a_o cloud_n cover_v and_o fill_v the_o tabernacle_n and_o temple_n whereby_o god_n take_v as_o it_o be_v possession_n of_o they_o who_o be_v represent_v in_o ezekiel_n as_o fill_v the_o house_n or_o temple_n with_o his_o glory_n when_o he_o come_v to_o dwell_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o people_n for_o ever_o ezek._n 43.5_o 7_o 9_o whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n be_v near_o its_o settlement_n in_o the_o bless_a milennium_n when_o god_n will_v dwell_v with_o man_n and_o he_o and_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v the_o temple_n of_o the_o city_n rev._n 21.2_o 3_o 22_o 23._o 14_o light_n 36._o light_n see_v on_o chap._n 3._o num_fw-la 36._o and_o bright_a fire_n be_v the_o proper_a emblem_n of_o god_n who_o be_v love_n but_o when_o smoak_n appear_v with_o it_o there_o be_v intimate_v some_o darkness_n in_o the_o dispensation_n refer_v to_o and_o mixture_n of_o wrath_n and_o displeasure_n as_o in_o this_o place_n because_o god_n wrath_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o execute_v the_o glory_n of_o god_n represent_v by_o light_n and_o bright_a cloud_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n fill_v the_o temple_n with_o smoak_n and_o not_o light_a there_o be_v as_o yet_o a_o contest_v betwixt_o the_o wrath_n jealousy_n and_o justice_n of_o god_n and_o his_o enemy_n to_o be_v destroy_v who_o defilement_n represent_v by_o smoke_n chap._n 9_o 2._o and_o sin_n be_v the_o cause_n that_o god_n anger_n smoke_v against_o they_o for_o otherwise_o fury_n be_v not_o in_o the_o lord_n isa_n 27.4_o 15_o a_o allusion_n to_o what_o be_v relate_v concern_v moses_n exod._n 40.35_o whereby_o be_v express_v the_o great_a terror_n of_o this_o time_n of_o vengeance_n which_o not_o create_v being_n not_o even_o the_o angel_n themselves_o be_v able_a to_o bear_v this_o be_v the_o 18._o the_o isa_n chapter_n 24_o 25_o 26_o 27._o dan._n 12.1_o matth._n 24.21_o 29_o 30._o mark_v 13.19_o luke_n 21.23_o 24._o rev._n 3_o 10.7_o 14.16_o 18._o time_n of_o such_o trouble_v as_o never_o be_v call_v the_o great_a temptation_n the_o great_a tribulation_n and_o the_o great_a earthquake_n in_o scripture_n which_o be_v to_o be_v shorten_v for_o the_o elect_n sake_n and_o will_v be_v so_o very_o terrible_a that_o they_o be_v pronounce_v bless_v by_o daniel_n chap._n 12.12_o who_o shall_v wait_v and_o come_v to_o the_o end_n of_o those_o day_n when_o the_o bless_a millennium_n shall_v begin_v which_o perhaps_o may_v be_v prefigure_v by_o 12-18_a by_o exod._n 24_o 12-18_a mose_n not_o be_v able_a to_o go_v up_o into_o the_o mount_n until_o after_o six_o day_n and_o his_o be_v call_v up_o into_o it_o by_o god_n on_o the_o seven_o day_n the_o 20.4_o the_o see_v the_o note_n on_o chapt._n 20.4_o type_n of_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n or_o the_o sabbatical_a millennium_n and_o from_o hence_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o although_o there_o shall_v be_v several_a manifestation_n of_o god_n presence_n and_o open_n of_o the_o temple_n after_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n month_n upon_o the_o entrance_n of_o which_o the_o temple_n be_v shut_v up_o and_o at_o the_o expire_a of_o which_o it_o must_v consequent_o be_v open_v that_o yet_o nevertheless_o the_o high_a state_n of_o it_o in_o which_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n be_v the_o temple_n consist_v in_o perfect_a tranquillity_n and_o serenity_n without_o any_o smoke_n of_o anger_n from_o god_n glory_n shall_v not_o be_v enjoy_v until_o the_o vial_n be_v pour_v out_o which_o will_v not_o be_v if_o the_o beast_n month_n end_v at_o 1697_o until_o a._n d._n 1772._o when_o the_o 75_o year_n which_o be_v add_v to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n by_o daniel_n chap._n 12._o will_v be_v expire_v as_o have_v be_v frequent_o observe_v 16_o this_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o several_a gradual_a 23._o gradual_a ezek._n 8.4_o 6.9_o 3.10_o 4_o 15-19_a 11_o 23._o removal_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o its_o departure_n from_o the_o temple_n in_o ezekiel_n and_o his_o not_o return_v into_o it_o so_o as_o to_o fill_v it_o and_o inhabit_v in_o it_o for_o ever_o until_o he_o have_v consume_v the_o wicked_a idolater_n and_o their_o abomination_n in_o his_o anger_n ezek_n 39_o 11-29.43_a 1-9_a chap._n xvi_o the_o text._n and_o i_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n or_o a_o powerful_a command_n full_a of_o authority_n and_o about_o a_o most_o important_a matter_n out_o of_o the_o heavenly_a temple_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o original_a and_o arche-type_n of_o his_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n chap._n 15.1_o 8._o say_n to_o the_o seven_o angel_n or_o ministerial_a instrument_n of_o god_n will_n who_o undertake_v nothing_o without_o a_o special_a command_n go_v your_o way_n with_o all_o speed_n and_o swiftness_n and_o by_o virtue_n of_o my_o commission_n and_o pour_v out_o the_o very_a dregs_o of_o the_o vial_n of_o thr_fw-mi wrath_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o 1_o earth_n annotation_n on_o chap._n fourteen_o 1_o this_o chapter_n relate_v whole_o to_o thing_n future_a be_v thereupon_o very_o obscure_a it_o be_v doubtful_a whether_o it_o be_v to_o be_v interpret_v in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n as_o most_o interpreter_n have_v do_v or_o in_o a_o litteral_n one_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o great_a conflagration_n of_o the_o world_n plain_o assert_v by_o the_o apostle_n 3._o apostle_n 2_o ep._n 3._o peter_n and_o general_o acknowledge_v as_o a_o great_a truth_n in_o the_o former_a way_n of_o interpret_n earth_n sea_n rivers_n and_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n on_o which_o the_o vial_n be_v pour_v be_v to_o be_v understand_v only_o concern_v the_o several_a member_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n signify_v by_o they_o but_o in_o the_o latter_a they_o be_v to_o be_v take_v literal_o and_o the_o vial_n be_v to_o be_v suppose_v as_o so_o many_o gradual_a preparation_n to_o the_o general_n dissolution_n of_o the_o world_n by_o fire_n to_o the_o clear_n of_o which_o question_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o these_o vial_n be_v fill_v out_o of_o the_o blood_n which_o come_v out_o of_o the_o winepress_n of_o god_n wrath_n as_o appear_v from_o chap._n 14.19_o 20._o compare_v with_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n whence_o it_o will_v follow_v if_o that_o observation_n be_v true_a that_o these_o vial_n must_v
be_v pour_v out_o after_o the_o gather_v the_o cluster_n of_o the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v after_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o wicked_a describe_v chap._n 14.18_o 19_o who_o be_v raise_v to_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a day_n as_o well_o as_o the_o saint_n who_o come_v with_o christ_n and_o that_o with_o mind_n so_o affect_v with_o wickedness_n and_o malice_n as_o they_o be_v whilst_o before_o upon_o earth_n and_o with_o body_n suit_v to_o their_o wicked_a mind_n and_o capable_a of_o influence_v each_o other_o upon_o who_o the_o wrath_n of_o these_o vial_n be_v to_o fall_v as_o well_o as_o upon_o the_o wicked_a who_o shall_v then_o be_v alive_a as_o appear_v from_o chap._n 11.18_o compare_v with_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n where_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o dead_a who_o be_v to_o be_v judge_v seem_v to_o refer_v to_o these_o vial_n out_o of_o which_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n be_v to_o be_v pour_v see_v the_o annotation_n on_o chap._n 20._o 2._o it_o be_v plain_a from_o 12._o from_o dan._n 7.9_o 1_o thess_n 1.7_o matth._n 24._o dr._n burnet_n theory_n 3.11_o 12._o scripture_n that_o christ_n come_n shall_v be_v in_o flame_v fire_n and_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v several_a preparatory_a disposition_n of_o thing_n towards_o it_o and_o the_o conflagration_n now_o it_o not_o be_v probable_a that_o so_o great_a a_o change_n of_o thing_n shall_v not_o be_v prefigure_v in_o this_o prophecy_n which_o so_o clear_o refer_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o old_a world_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o a_o new_a one_o where_o can_v it_o have_v place_n in_o it_o but_o in_o this_o chapter_n which_o observation_n be_v the_o more_o remarkable_a in_o that_o there_o be_v a_o very_a surprise_a agreement_n betwixt_o the_o vial_n thus_o interpret_v and_o the_o most_o ingenious_a hypothesis_n of_o dr._n burnet_n concern_v the_o gradual_a disposition_n to_o and_o progress_n of_o the_o great_a conflagration_n 3._o the_o philosophy_n of_o scripture_n be_v general_o popular_a according_a to_o the_o common_a and_o receive_v opinion_n of_o those_o to_o who_o it_o be_v primary_o write_v these_o vial_n must_v also_o be_v understand_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n and_o the_o preparation_n to_o the_o general_a fire_n must_v be_v consequent_o conceive_v to_o be_v effect_v by_o fit_a and_o proper_a natural_a cause_n but_o under_o world_n under_o dr._n burnet_n theor._n 3.8_o mr._n ray_n of_o the_o dissol_n of_o the_o world_n the_o ministry_n of_o the_o angel_n of_o each_o vial_n hint_v at_o only_a and_o intimate_v by_o the_o type_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n to_o which_o each_o vial_n allude_v and_o that_o after_o a_o popular_a manner_n according_a to_o the_o common_a sentiment_n of_o mankind_n but_o especial_o of_o the_o jew_n to_o who_o the_o scripture_n be_v primary_o write_v 2_o and_o the_o first_o angel_n go_v and_o pour_v out_o his_o vial_n i._n e._n execute_v the_o judgement_n he_o have_v receive_v in_o command_n upon_o the_o earth_n by_o produce_v a_o extraordinary_a 3_o heat_n and_o drought_n in_o it_o and_o there_o fall_v or_o 4_o be_v as_o the_o consequent_a of_o this_o heat_n a_o noisome_a and_o grievous_a or_o a_o loathsome_a torment_a malignant_a and_o incurable_a deut._n 28.27_o 35._o job_n 2.7_o sore_a or_o 5_o fiery_a ulcer_n break_v forth_o in_o scald_a blane_n or_o boil_a blister_n which_o be_v extreme_o grievous_a to_o those_o on_o who_o they_o fall_v and_o loathsome_a to_o other_o and_o be_v accompany_v with_o the_o sharp_a pain_n of_o body_n and_o 5_o mind_n exod._n 9.9_o 11._o job_n 2.7_o 8.6_o 4.19_o 13_o 19_o upon_o the_o man_n which_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o upon_o they_o which_o worship_v his_o image_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a professor_n chap._n 13.15_o 16._o 2_o earth_n be_v here_o take_v for_o the_o earth_n strict_o so_o call_v as_o distinct_a from_o the_o sea_n and_o river_n upon_o which_o the_o vial_n be_v pour_v afterward_o 3_o this_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o hot_a ash_n of_o the_o furnace_n exod._n 9_o 8-11_a from_o whence_o the_o expression_n concern_v this_o plague_n be_v take_v which_o become_v small_a dust_n whereby_o drought_n also_o be_v signify_v deut._n 28.24_o in_o all_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n and_o be_v or_o become_v a_o boyl_n on_o man_n and_o beast_n and_o according_o in_o this_o plague_n it_o may_v by_o the_o like_a congruity_n be_v suppose_v that_o many_o hot_a and_o fiery_a particle_n and_o exhalation_n which_o in_o the_o plague_n of_o 8._o of_o rivet_n in_o locum_fw-la dr._n burnet_n be_v theor._n 3.7_o 8._o egypt_n be_v mix_v with_o the_o hot_a ash_n when_o they_o fall_v upon_o the_o land_n will_v be_v pour_v forth_o from_o these_o vial_n upon_o the_o earth_n which_o shall_v produce_v a_o extraordinary_a heat_n and_o drought_n and_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o sore_n here_o mention_v which_o be_v wont_a to_o break_v out_o upon_o man_n body_n in_o hot_a and_o dry_a season_n 4_o exod._n 9.10_o it_o be_v or_o there_o be_v as_o the_o greek_a translate_v there_o be_v boil_n ainsw_n on_o exod._n 9.10_o 5_o for_o such_o a_o sore_o be_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o ulcer_n the_o same_o word_n which_o be_v here_o use_v which_o fall_v on_o job_n and_o the_o egyptian_n which_o be_v also_o accompany_v with_o a_o great_a vexation_n of_o mind_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o history_n of_o job_n 3_o and_o the_o second_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n upon_o the_o sea_n and_o it_o become_v as_o the_o blood_n of_o a_o 6_o dead_a man_n i._n e._n it_o stagnate_v and_o every_o live_a soul_n die_v in_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n all_o the_o fish_n of_o it_o die_v chap._n 8.9_o 6_o the_o blood_n of_o a_o man_n who_o have_v receive_v a_o deadly_a wound_n or_o of_o a_o carcase_n be_v clotty_a thick_a and_o glutinous_a whereby_o the_o stagnation_n of_o the_o water_n of_o the_o sea_n be_v apt_o represent_v as_o also_o fiery_a eruption_n in_o several_a part_n of_o the_o channel_n of_o the_o sea_n whereby_o in_o conjunction_n with_o other_o cause_n the_o mighty_a ocean_n according_a to_o dr._n 3.9_o dr._n theor._n 3.9_o burnet_n hypothesis_n may_v be_v reduce_v to_o a_o stand_a pool_n of_o putrid_a water_n which_o according_a to_o amos_n 7.4_o may_v be_v also_o devour_v by_o fire_n 4_o and_o the_o three_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n upon_o the_o 7_o river_n and_o fountain_n of_o water_n and_o they_o also_o become_v blood_o i._n e._n stagnate_v and_o be_v corrupt_v so_o that_o man_n can_v not_o 8_o drink_n of_o they_o and_o be_v deprive_v of_o their_o necessary_a sustenance_n exod._n 7.18_o 24._o jerem._n 51.36_o 7_o according_a to_o the_o philosophy_n of_o 2._o of_o gen._n 2.5_o 6._o psal_n 104_o 6-14_a eccles_n 1.7_o isa_n 44_o 27.50_o 2._o scripture_n defend_v by_o many_o fontium_fw-la many_o dr._n plot_n de_fw-fr origine_fw-la fontium_fw-la ancient_n and_o fontium_fw-la and_o dr._n plot_n de_fw-fr origine_fw-la fontium_fw-la modern_a philosopher_n river_n depend_v upon_o the_o sea_n and_o therefore_o the_o sea_n be_v here_o represent_v as_o prepare_v for_o stagnation_n before_o the_o river_n to_o who_o diminution_n 3.9_o diminution_n dr._n burnet_n be_v theor._n 3.9_o also_o or_o suspension_n the_o precede_a drought_n and_o follow_v heat_n in_o the_o eight_o verse_n be_v to_o be_v suppose_v to_o contribute_v 8_o this_o be_v a_o grievous_a plague_n bring_v the_o judgement_n home_o to_o they_o by_o inflict_v it_o upon_o necessary_n their_o fish_n die_v and_o their_o water_n which_o shall_v have_v quench_v their_o thirst_n in_o the_o great_a heat_n and_o drought_n be_v corrupt_v and_o unfit_a for_o use_v according_a to_o what_o god_n inflict_v on_o egypt_n exod._n 7_o 14-25_a when_o the_o river_n nile_n and_o all_o their_o water_n stanke_z so_o that_o they_o can_v not_o drink_v of_o they_o and_o their_o fish_n die_v whereby_o they_o be_v deprive_v of_o their_o necessary_a 2.18_o necessary_a gen._n 46.34_o exod._n 8.26_o numb_a 11.5_o deut._n 11.10_o 11._o jerem._n 2.18_o food_n their_o riverwater_n be_v their_o common_a drink_n and_o fish_v their_o ordinary_a food_n it_o be_v not_o lawful_a for_o they_o to_o eat_v sheep_n or_o oxen._n 5_o and_o i_o hear_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o water_n or_o the_o minister_a instrument_n of_o god_n judgement_n uppn_v the_o water_n say_v upon_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o greatness_n and_o yet_o righteousness_n of_o this_o judgement_n thou_o be_v righteous_a and_o just_o o_o lord_n which_o art_n and_o waste_v and_o shall_v be_v i._n e._n the_o eternal_a and_o immutable_a god_n who_o perform_v infallible_o his_o promise_n and_o threat_n exod._n 3._o rev._n 1.4_o because_o thou_o have_v judge_v and_o punish_v thus_o i._n e._n after_o this_o just_a way_n of_o retribution_n and_o retaliation_n
according_a to_o what_o have_v before_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o josiah_n who_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o godly_a king_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n be_v and_o be_v slay_v near_o that_o place_n just_o when_o he_o have_v prepare_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 2_o chron._n 35.20_o 4._o to_o show_v that_o god_n who_o overrule_v evil_a design_n for_o good_a and_o who_o declare_v judg._n 4.7_o the_o place_n here_o allude_v to_o that_o he_o draw_v sisera_n and_o his_o multitude_n together_o have_v ordain_v that_o these_o king_n shall_v be_v total_o overthrow_v as_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n be_v at_o megiddo_n and_o that_o christ_n church_n shall_v triumph_v over_o they_o and_o bless_v god_n for_o the_o great_a victory_n in_o the_o song_n prepare_v for_o it_o in_o the_o precede_a chapter_n as_o 20.26_o as_o 2_o chron._n 20.26_o jehoshaphat_n and_o the_o israelite_n do_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o beracah_n or_o blessing_n for_o the_o defeat_n of_o that_o great_a multitude_n of_o wicked_a people_n which_o confederate_v against_o israel_n whereupon_o this_o place_n of_o decision_n be_v call_v the_o valley_n of_o jehoshaphat_n in_o 14._o in_o chap._n 3.2_o 12_o 14._o joel_n the_o battle_n be_v describe_v sometime_o as_o if_o it_o be_v to_o be_v in_o a_o 5._o a_o joel_n 3_o ezek._n 39_o 5._o valley_n or_o plain_n and_o sometime_o as_o on_o a_o 39.4_o a_o ezek._n 39.4_o mountain_n and_o confine_v to_o no_o particular_a place_n jehoshaphats_n 294._o jehoshaphats_n fuller_n pisgah_n sight_n pag._n 280_o 294._o valley_n be_v far_o distant_a from_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n but_o express_v so_o as_o to_o typify_v other_o thing_n unto_o we_o and_o to_o show_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v total_o defeat_v as_o man_n drive_v from_o their_o several_a fastness_n and_o retreat_n mountain_n as_o well_o as_o plain_n and_o valley_n 5._o to_o show_v that_o both_o jew_n 14._o jew_n zech._n 12.3_o 6_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o gentile_n shall_v mourn_v at_o the_o sight_n of_o christ_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n as_o there_o be_v a_o great_a mourn_v for_o josiah_n by_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o assyrian_n who_o he_o then_o assist_v which_o may_v probable_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o hadadrimmon_n zech._n 12.11_o which_o according_a to_o 12.11_o to_o on_o zech._n 12.11_o grotius_n signify_v the_o glory_n of_o rimmon_n a_o assyrian_a idol_n 17_o and_o the_o seven_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n into_o the_o 35_o air_n and_o there_o come_v a_o great_a voice_n out_o of_o the_o temple_n 36_o of_o heaven_n from_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o extraordinary_a manifestation_n of_o the_o intimate_a and_o more_o immediate_a presence_n of_o god_n say_v it_o 37_o be_v do_v i._n e._n this_o be_v the_o last_o vial_n and_o judgement_n upon_o the_o wicked_a nation_n ezek._n 39.8_o see_v on_o chap._n 20._o and_o 21.6_o 35_o by_o air_n be_v mean_v in_o 148.4_o in_o see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o psalm_n 148.4_o scripture_n the_o aerial_a expansum_fw-la or_o firmament_n consist_v of_o air_n and_o cloud_n balance_v by_o the_o weight_n of_o it_o job_n 37.16_o which_o be_v the_o place_n of_o meteor_n the_o angel_n pour_v his_o vial_n upon_o it_o and_o thereupon_o follow_v thunder_n and_o lightning_n and_o a_o great_a earthquake_n which_o common_o accompany_v each_o other_o the_o island_n and_o mountain_n fly_v away_o and_o so_o great_a hail_n fall_v which_o be_v a_o usual_a attendant_n of_o thunder-storm_n as_o if_o the_o cloud_n with_o all_o their_o 23._o their_o job_n 38.22_o 23._o treasure_n of_o meteor_n be_v throw_v down_o from_o heaven_n whereby_o the_o more_o immediate_a preparation_n to_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o old_a earth_n seem_v to_o be_v describe_v according_a to_o the_o prediction_n of_o the_o apostle_n peter_n and_o the_o description_n give_v of_o it_o in_o dr._n burnet_n theory_n who_o yet_o very_o 7._o very_o 3.3_o 7._o prudent_o admonish_v we_o not_o to_o be_v too_o positive_a or_o presumptuous_a in_o our_o conjecture_n about_o these_o thing_n because_o if_o there_o be_v a_o invisible_a hand_n divine_a or_o angelical_a that_o touch_v the_o spring_n and_o wheel_n of_o nature_n it_o will_v not_o be_v easy_a for_o we_o to_o determine_v with_o certainty_n the_o order_n of_o their_o motion_n 36_o call_v so_o in_o remembrance_n of_o the_o throne_n and_o temple_n in_o ezekiel_n 37_o a_o phrase_n evident_o take_v from_o ezek._n 39.8_o where_o it_o be_v use_v concern_v gog_n and_o magog_n whence_o also_o it_o appear_v that_o their_o destruction_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o concern_v who_o read_v chap._n 20._o and_o ezek._n 38._o and_o 39_o 18_o and_o there_o be_v voice_n and_o thunder_n 38_o and_o lightning_n and_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n such_o as_o be_v not_o since_o man_n be_v upon_o the_o earth_n so_o mighty_a a_o earthquake_n and_o so_o great_a i._n e._n there_o be_v very_o high_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n and_o a_o time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o never_o be_v before_o the_o power_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n be_v shake_v to_o make_v way_n for_o a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n dan._n 12.1_o 2._o matth._n 24.29_o heb._n 12_o 26-22_a see_v on_o chap._n 4.5_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 38_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n book_n 3_o 19_o and_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a antichristian_a jurisdiction_n and_o kingdom_n chap._n 14_o 8.18_o 10_o 21._o be_v divide_a by_o the_o earthquake_n into_o 39_o three_o part_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a strength_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n be_v dissipate_v and_o overthrow_v and_o the_o city_n of_o the_o wicked_a nation_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n verse_n 14._o chap._n 20.8_o fell_n and_o great_a babylon_n 40_o i._n e._n rome_n chap._n 14.8_o come_v in_o special_a remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v unto_o she_o the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o feirceness_n of_o his_o wrath_n i._n e._n to_o destroy_v she_o with_o a_o most_o severe_a and_o a_o utter_a destruction_n see_v on_o chap._n 14_o 8-11_a 39_o the_o general_a type_n of_o three_o part_n seem_v to_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 5.2_o 12._o where_o jerusalem_n when_o it_o be_v design_v for_o destruction_n be_v mark_v out_o into_o three_o part_n which_o three_o part_n here_o be_v the_o three_o unite_a force_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n viz._n 1._o the_o dragon_n or_o devil_n with_o his_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n 2._o the_o beast_n and_o his_o false_a prophet_n who_o as_o be_v unite_v in_o force_n and_o interest_n have_v one_o punishment_n 3._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 19_o 19-21_a 40_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o conflagration_n be_v here_o point_a at_o because_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o this_o prophecy_n that_o rome_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o fire_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v 20_o and_o every_o island_n flee_v away_o and_o the_o mountain_n be_v not_o find_v i._n e._n the_o 41_o old_a earth_n be_v dissolve_v 2_o pet._n 3._o see_v on_o chap._n 21.1_o 41_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n b._n 3.9_o who_o ingenious_a hypothesis_n give_v great_a light_n to_o this_o place_n according_a to_o which_o as_o be_v here_o foretell_v the_o mountain_n be_v to_o be_v destroy_v in_o the_o last_o place_n and_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o island_n because_o no_o sea_n in_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v to_o be_v plain_a and_o level_a 21_o and_o there_o fall_v upon_o the_o wicked_a king_n and_z man_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o be_v gather_v together_o against_o christ_n kingdom_n verse_n 14.16_o a_o great_a hail_n out_o of_o heaven_n 42_o i._n e._n a_o extraordinary_a tempest_n of_o divine_a wrath_n inflict_v by_o the_o more_o immediate_a command_n of_o god_n every_o stone_n about_o the_o weight_n of_o a_o talon_n i._n e._n each_o stroke_n of_o god_n wrath_n be_v extraordinary_a great_a heavy_a and_o insupportable_a ezek._n 38.22_o matth._n 23.44_o and_o yet_o these_fw-mi man_n blaspheme_v god_n because_o of_o the_o hail_v i._n e._n be_v still_o obdurate_a and_o impenitent_a for_o the_o plague_n thereof_o be_v exceed_v great_a upon_o which_o they_o shall_v therefore_o have_v humble_v themselves_o under_o the_o mighty_a hand_n of_o god_n 42_o hail_n be_v one_o of_o the_o plague_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o wicked_a king_n of_o canaan_n be_v destroy_v by_o great_a hailstone_n from_o heaven_n joshua_n 10.11_o as_o the_o antichristian_a egyptian_n and_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n here_o be_v but_o this_o place_n more_o immediate_o refer_v to_o ezek._n 38.22_o where_o god_n foretell_v that_o gog_n and_o magog_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o a_o thunder_n storm_n of_o rain_n and_o great_a hailstone_n
〈◊〉_d signify_v of_o a_o other_o kind_n or_o sort_n from_o it_o as_o not_o be_v beastian_n or_o idolatrous_a but_o a_o utter_a enemy_n to_o the_o beast_n during_o who_o reign_n it_o lay_v wound_v to_o death_n chap._n 13._o 3._o whereupon_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v to_o be_v make_v use_n of_o by_o the_o holy_a spirit_n that_o so_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o word_n which_o include_v both_o the_o former_a sense_n for_o see_v that_o there_o be_v eight_o king_n and_o but_o seven_o head_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o one_o of_o the_o king_n must_v be_v no_o head_n and_o therefore_o of_o a_o nature_n different_a from_o all_o the_o other_o which_o can_v only_o belong_v to_o this_o seven_o king_n because_o the_o five_o first_o government_n be_v know_v to_o be_v idolatrous_a government_n which_o be_v the_o signification_n of_o a_o head_n in_o this_o prophecy_n and_o the_o eight_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v idolatrous_a head_n so_o that_o this_o other_o be_v indeed_o a_o king_n and_o that_o the_o seven_o of_o the_o imperial_a city_n of_o rome_n but_o be_v not_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v be_v not_o a_o king_n who_o be_v also_o a_o idolatrous_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o all_o the_o six_o government_n before_o the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v and_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v to_o be_v who_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n or_o government_n but_o the_o seven_o idolatrous_a king_n or_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o be_v a_o head_n as_o well_o as_o a_o king_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 11._o 30_o this_o be_v also_o a_o evident_a character_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n which_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o five_o precede_a king_n and_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n last_v but_o for_o a_o short_a space_n viz_o but_o about_o a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n reckon_v from_o constantine_n until_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n under_o augustulus_n a._n d._n 476._o whence_o also_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o beast_n the_o next_o or_o eight_o king_n must_v enter_v into_o succession_n at_o that_o time_n together_o with_o his_o ten_o king_n who_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n at_o the_o same_o hour_n with_o he_o verse_n 12._o these_o be_v evident_o government_n immediate_o successive_a as_o a_o six_o to_o a_o five_o a_o seven_o to_o that_o and_o a_o eight_o follow_v it_o without_o any_o interregnum_fw-la or_o intermediate_v government_n and_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o it_o must_v or_o ought_v not_o to_o continue_v long_o to_o show_v that_o providence_n have_v ordain_v that_o the_o christian_a empire_n shall_v be_v short_a on_o purpose_n that_o there_o may_v be_v space_n enough_o out_o of_o the_o time_n destine_v for_o these_o purpose_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v build_v upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n 11_o and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v viz._n in_o the_o six_o head_n verse_n 8._o and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o rise_v to_o his_o supremacy_n verse_n 8._o even_o he_o and_o let_v it_o be_v observe_v be_v the_o 31_o eight_o king_n verse_n 10._o and_o be_v one_o to_o wit_n the_o last_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n the_o seven_o king_n be_v no_o head_n verse_n 10._o and_o go_v into_o perdition_n i._n e._n shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o then_o all_o the_o four_o monarchy_n end_v in_o he_o and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n succeed_v dan._n 2._o and_o 7._o see_v on_o verse_n 8._o and_o on_o verse_n 16_o 17._o 31_o from_o this_o verse_n it_o be_v evident_a 1._o that_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o papacy_n because_o that_o although_o there_o be_v king_n of_o italy_n after_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n yet_o rome_n the_o woman_n or_o great_a city_n of_o these_o eight_o king_n who_o uphold_v and_o sustain_v it_o by_o their_o authority_n and_o where_o the_o head_n and_o king_n be_v resident_a which_o reign_v over_o the_o inferior_a king_n or_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v never_o afterward_o under_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o any_o but_o the_o pope_n at_o least_o for_o any_o considerable_a time_n who_o must_v therefore_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n here_o mention_v they_o be_v call_v king_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 3_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 18._o and_o from_o what_o have_v be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 13._o 2._o where_o the_o very_a same_o beast_n with_o this_o be_v describe_v as_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o character_n give_v of_o they_o in_o both_o chapter_n which_o may_v be_v see_v in_o dr._n moor_n synop_n prophet_n lib._n 1._o chap._n 10_o etc._n etc._n and_o in_o dr._n cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocalypse_v 2._o that_o the_o papacy_n be_v a_o idolatrous_a government_n because_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v the_o papacy_n be_v of_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o idolatrous_a roman_a empire_n in_o general_a and_o be_v also_o the_o beast_n in_o particular_a or_o that_o which_o be_v call_v so_o by_o way_n of_o eminence_n viz._n the_o seven_o head_n but_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o a_o head_n of_o it_o as_o a_o eminent_a part_n have_v often_o the_o denomination_n of_o the_o whole_a and_o to_o show_v that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n which_o be_v call_v dan._n 7.11_o the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o one_o of_o its_o horn_n whence_o 3_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o present_a papacy_n be_v the_o beast_n because_o that_o have_v be_v in_o possession_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n ever_o since_o the_o christian_a empire_n and_o so_o consequent_o no_v other_o antichristian_a king_n be_v to_o be_v expect_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n nor_o any_o other_o city_n to_o be_v understand_v here_o but_o the_o present_a papal_a rome_n the_o head_n of_o which_o the_o pope_n be_v actual_o crown_v pope_n crown_v sir_n paul_n rycaut_n be_v preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n with_o a_o triple_a crown_n after_o his_o election_n and_o that_o with_o so_o many_o solemnity_n that_o the_o ceremony_n take_v up_o a_o whole_a day_n and_o he_o have_v also_o all_o the_o ensign_n of_o temporal_a sovereignty_n as_o a_o court_n of_o cardinal_n who_o in_o the_o ceremoniale_a romanum_n be_v call_v prince_n in_o the_o church_n ambassador_n guard_n and_o the_o like_a and_o be_v approach_v with_o more_o reverence_n than_o the_o emperor_n themselves_o which_o be_v so_o much_o take_v notice_n of_o by_o the_o talmud_n the_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n jew_n and_o talmud_n and_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n infidel_n that_o the_o pope_n be_v frequent_o call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o frank_n i_o e._n the_o christian_n by_o the_o turk_n and_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n by_o the_o jew_n by_o which_o they_o mean_v rome_n 12_o and_o the_o ten_o 32_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v or_o signify_v ten_o king_n or_o independent_a soveraignity_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n or_o independency_n of_o and_o in_o the_o empire_n as_o yet_o i._n e._n at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n i._n e._n a_o independent_a and_o sovereign_a power_n one_o hour_n 23_o with_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o the_o beast_n receive_v power_n and_o in_o conjunction_n with_o he_o 32_o these_o king_n receive_v power_n with_o the_o beast_n when_o he_o come_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n which_o come_v not_o to_o pass_v until_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n of_o rome_n or_o the_o western_a caesar_n by_o these_o king_n can_v be_v mean_v no_o other_o than_o those_o among_o who_o the_o empire_n be_v divide_v upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o northern_a nation_n who_o be_v think_v by_o mr._n antichrist_n mr._n pag._n 463._o 661._o author_n libri_fw-la de_fw-la excid_n antichrist_n mede_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n to_o have_v be_v ten_o at_o first_o although_o that_o number_n seem_v rather_o to_o be_v retain_v upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n in_o c_o daniel_n to_o which_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v correspond_v to_o show_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o last_o state_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o which_o the_o image_n be_v to_o be_v break_v in_o piece_n by_o the_o stone_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o be_v to_o smite_v it_o on_o its_o foot_n and_o ten_o toe_n for_o the_o endeavour_n of_o learned_a
man_n to_o reduce_v the_o several_a division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o be_v not_o so_o successful_a as_o can_v be_v wish_v mr._n mede_n be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o greek_n one_o of_o then_o and_o the_o author_n of_o the_o book_n de_fw-fr excidio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la confine_v they_o within_o the_o rhine_n and_o the_o danube_n so_o that_o i_o can_v but_o think_v upon_o further_a consideration_n that_o the_o true_a account_n of_o this_o division_n be_v with_o relation_n to_o the_o image_n in_o daniel_n the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v nothing_o but_o a_o more_o full_a illustration_n by_o various_a emblem_n of_o what_o be_v but_o brief_o deliver_v in_o that_o prophecy_n see_v the_o annot._n on_o chap._n 11_o 13._o 12_o 3._o 33_o to_o wit_n at_o one_o hour_n or_o season_n make_v up_o of_o two_o half_a hour_n begin_v at_o a._n d._n 476._o as_o have_v be_v already_o full_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 8._o 7._o 13_o these_o have_v 34_o mind_n as_o to_o matter_n of_o religion_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n or_o force_n and_o strength_n or_o authority_n to_o the_o beast_n to_o wit_n in_o religious_a matter_n and_o their_o assistance_n and_o arm_n on_o other_o occasion_n 34_o here_o be_v plain_o foretell_v the_o strict_a union_n there_o be_v betwixt_o the_o papacy_n and_o the_o popish_a king_n or_o kingdom_n and_o government_n and_o the_o support_v assistance_n and_o authority_n they_o afford_v it_o which_o the_o northern_a nation_n be_v very_o famous_a for_o at_o their_o first_o settlement_n and_o conversion_n 14_o these_o shall_v make_v war_n with_o i._n e._n oppose_v and_o persecute_v the_o 35_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n in_o his_o true_a member_n and_o faithful_a witness_n psalm_n 2_o act_n 4.27_o 28._o 9_o 4_o and_o the_o lamb_n shall_v overcome_v they_o by_o the_o high_a and_o powerful_a preach_v of_o his_o gospel_n chap._n 14_o for_o he_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n and_o therefore_o able_a to_o vanquish_v they_o and_o erect_v his_o kingdom_n dan._n chap._n 2._o and_o 7._o psal_n 2._o and_o they_o that_o be_v with_o he_o i._o e_o his_o follower_n when_o he_o come_v to_o his_o kingdom_n chap._n 14._o 1._o be_v call_v and_o choose_v by_o his_o grace_n to_o this_o service_n and_o be_v his_fw-la faithful_a witness_n servant_n and_o soldier_n unto_o death_n 35_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o these_o be_v antichristian_a king_n or_o power_n there_o have_v be_v no_o persecution_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o pagan_a power_n since_o the_o division_n of_o it_o by_o the_o northern_a nation_n 15_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n say_v unto_o i_o i._n e._n instruct_v i_o in_o the_o further_a knowledge_n of_o the_o mystery_n i_o have_v see_v the_o water_n which_o thou_o see_v verse_n 1_o where_o the_o whore_n sit_v be_v i._n e._n signify_v 36_o peoples_n and_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o tongue_n i._n e._n the_o people_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n dan._n 4.1_o 36_o here_o be_v show_v the_o amplitude_n and_o vast_a extent_n of_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o papacy_n a_o thing_n she_o so_o much_o boast_v of_o 16_o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o king_n which_o thou_o see_v upon_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n even_o these_o king_n shall_v at_o last_v hate_v the_o 37_o whore_n who_o they_o have_v before_o love_v and_o admire_v and_o shall_v make_v her_o desolate_a by_o forsake_v her_o communion_n and_o naked_a by_o strip_v she_o of_o her_o ornament_n verse_n 4._o and_o authority_n and_o by_o expose_v she_o to_o shame_n chap._n 16._o 15._o and_o shall_v 38_o eat_v her_o flesh_n i._n e._n consume_v and_o devour_v her_o very_a substance_n and_o revenue_n dan._n 7.5_o psalm_n 27.2_o and_o burn_v 39_o her_n with_o fire_n i._n e._n destroy_v what_o be_v leave_v of_o she_o 37_o a_o metaphor_n take_v from_o the_o usage_n which_o harlot_n often_o meet_v with_o from_o those_o who_o have_v be_v mislead_v and_o abuse_v by_o they_o who_o be_v wont_v at_o first_o to_o entertain_v a_o dislike_n of_o they_o then_o to_o hate_v they_o afterward_o to_o take_v from_o they_o the_o gift_n they_o have_v bestow_v on_o they_o and_o at_o last_o revenge_v themselves_o upon_o they_o by_o their_o utter_a ruin_n from_o this_o verse_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o no_o one_o of_o the_o kingdom_n or_o principality_n in_o union_n with_o the_o papacy_n shall_v be_v able_a to_o arrive_v to_o a_o universal_a monarchy_n but_o as_o all_o such_o attempt_n have_v be_v hitherto_o vain_a so_o shall_v they_o still_o be_v so_o because_o as_o they_o be_v at_o first_o many_o independent_a sovereignty_n say_v to_o be_v ten_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n and_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n when_o they_o at_o first_o give_v they_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n verse_n 13._o so_o be_v they_o to_o remain_v so_o until_o they_o forsake_v she_o it_o be_v express_o here_o affirm_v that_o the_o ten_o horn_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n 2._o that_o the_o whore_n or_o idolatrous_a church_n of_o rome_n shall_v fall_v by_o those_o very_a state_n and_o kingdom_n which_o have_v all_o along_o uphold_v she_o which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v as_o be_v plain_o assert_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n when_o the_o word_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v that_o be_v the_o promise_n of_o god_n concern_v the_o expire_n of_o the_o beast_n time_n shall_v be_v complete_v according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o observe_v on_o chap._n 10._o 6_o 7._o when_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o support_v the_o city_n and_o church_n of_o rome_n which_o sit_v on_o they_o withdraw_v themselves_o from_o she_o the_o ten_o of_o that_o great_a city_n or_o the_o city_n and_o jurisdiction_n consist_v in_o the_o account_n of_o prophecy_n of_o ten_o principality_n must_v needs_o fall_v too_o from_o whence_o also_o it_o plain_o appear_v that_o the_o fall_v of_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n mention_v chap._n 21._o 23._o refer_v to_o the_o ten_o king_n desert_v and_o forsake_v she_o 38_o a_o phrase_n take_v from_o dan._n 7.5_o psalm_n 27.2_o signify_v their_o take_n away_o her_o very_a substance_n revenue_n and_o dominion_n and_o convert_v what_o they_o have_v bestow_v upon_o she_o to_o their_o own_o use_n as_o grotius_n interpret_v the_o place_n 39_o a_o phrase_n take_v from_o levit._n 21.9_o where_o it_o be_v command_v that_o the_o daughter_n of_o a_o priest_n guilty_a of_o wheredom_n shall_v be_v burn_v with_o fire_n 17_o for_o god_n have_v put_v in_o their_o wilful_o wicked_a heart_n rom._n 1.26_o 2_o thes_n 2.10_o to_o fullfil_v his_o will_n and_o to_o agree_v verse_n 13_o and_o give_v their_o kingdom_n be_v its_o power_n and_o strength_n unto_o the_o beast_n by_o submit_v unto_o he_o and_o be_v govern_v by_o he_o until_o the_o word_n of_o god_n by_o his_o prophet_n and_o by_o his_o apostle_n in_o this_o vision_n chap._n 13._o 5._o shall_v be_v fullfil_v i._n e._n until_o the_o promise_v make_v by_o god_n concern_v the_o expire_a of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o follow_a approach_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v be_v fullfil_v dan._n chapter_n 2._o and_o 7._o and_o 12.7_o see_v on_o chap._n 10.5_o 6.11_o 13._o and_o verse_n 16._o of_o this_o chapter_n num_fw-la 37._o 18_o and_o the_o woman_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v or_o signify_v that_o remarkable_a great_a city_n which_o now_o 40_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n 40_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o regnant_n imperial_a city_n now_o actual_o have_v and_o exercise_v at_o this_o present_a time_n sovereignty_n over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o plain_a and_o evident_a character_n that_o rome_n be_v here_o mean_v no_o other_o city_n be_v in_o exercise_n of_o such_o power_n at_o the_o time_n when_o the_o apostle_n see_v this_o vision_n it_o may_v not_o be_v unuseful_a to_o add_v here_o in_o the_o close_a of_o this_o chapter_n this_o short_a digression_n concern_v antichrist_n that_o the_o reader_n may_v have_v in_o one_o view_v the_o chief_a of_o what_o concern_v he_o in_o scripture_n especial_o the_o more_o plain_a and_o doctrinal_a part_n of_o it_o in_o order_n to_o which_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o about_o two_o year_n after_o ezekiel_n 133._o ezekiel_n ezek._n 40_o etc._n etc._n dan._n 2._o lightf_n work_n tom._n 1._o pag._n 132_o 133._o vision_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o throne_n the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n begin_v upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o egypt_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o be_v the_o only_a kingdom_n that_o oppose_v he_o which_o vision_n contain_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n glorious_a church_n and_o kingdom_n which_o be_v then_o to_o have_v come_v into_o succession_n in_o place_n of_o the_o jewish_a temple_n and_o city_n then_o in_o
pag._n 22._o 302._o be_v in_o conception_n in_o the_o womb_n when_o the_o apostle_n paul_n write_v the_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o probable_o 25_o year_n after_o the_o resurrection_n 58_o a._n d._n 2._o he_o be_v form_v 215._o form_v see_v from_o page_n 22-38_a 93_o 94_o 112_o 124_o 125._o from_o 204_o to_o 215._o from_o that_o time_n by_o the_o working_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n in_o the_o low_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n as_o the_o womb_n be_v call_v psal_n 139.15_o eph._n 4.9_o during_o the_o ephesine_n and_o smyrnaean_a succession_n in_o which_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n arise_v until_o he_o be_v bring_v forth_o and_o the_o gentile_n month_n begin_v about_o the_o middle_a space_n betwixt_o the_o death_n of_o theodosius_n and_o the_o fall_v of_o the_o western_a empire_n just_o when_o cyril_n be_v settle_v the_o lunar_a year_n 437_o a._n d._n 3._o from_o that_o time_n the_o 2._o the_o see_v on_o chap._n 8_o 10_o 11._o 9_o 1_o 2_o 3._o 11_o 1_o 2_o 3._o and_o chapter_n 13._o and_o 17._o and_o 2_o thes_n 2._o gentile_n i._n e._n the_o people_n new_o convert_v to_o christianity_n paganize_v it_o by_o introduce_v heathen_a notion_n and_o custom_n and_o thereby_o prepare_v the_o way_n for_o this_o man_n of_o sin_n be_v become_v the_o beast_n or_o the_o seven_o head_n and_o eight_o king_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n when_o he_o be_v reveal_v in_o his_o own_o time_n and_o the_o beast_n arise_v with_o his_o ten_o king_n according_a 184._o according_a see_v the_o author_n de_fw-fr excid_n antichr_n pag._n 184._o to_o all_o history_n and_o his_o month_n begin_v 475_o or_o 476_o a._n d._n 4._o this_o man_n of_o sin_n be_v indeed_o the_o king_n of_o rome_n according_a to_o the_o course_n of_o succession_n lay_v down_o in_o prophecy_n at_o 476._o when_o the_o christian_a emperor_n cease_v but_o he_o do_v not_o arrive_v to_o his_o universal_a iniq._n universal_a see_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o and_o chap._n 17._o 8._o and_o heidegger_n histor_n papat_fw-la chap._n 2._o morney_n mystery_n of_o iniq._n supremacy_n over_o all_o church_n until_o a._n d._n 606._o according_a to_o the_o general_a consent_n of_o protestant_n in_o agreement_n with_o prophecy_n chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o 17_o 8._o which_o be_v prepare_v for_o he_o by_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a division_n of_o the_o empire_n call_v the_o other_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o a_o lamb_n chap._n 13._o 606_o a._n d._n 5._o at_o 606_o he_o fall_v as_o a_o star_n from_o heaven_n to_o earth_n and_o become_v a_o earthly_a or_o antichristian_a monarch_n over_o all_o church_n and_o from_o thence_o by_o degree_n proceed_v to_o kill_v and_o overcome_v until_o he_o come_v to_o be_v a_o 7._o a_o see_v on_o chap._n 13_o 14-18_a and_o chap._n 11._o 7._o image_n or_o to_o have_v a_o supreme_a idolatrous_a power_n establish_v full_o at_o the_o end_n of_o his_o first_o time_n 797_o a._n d._n 6._o from_o 6._o from_o heidig_n histor_n papat_fw-la chap._n 4_o 5_o 6._o that_o time_n the_o pope_n advance_v themselves_o by_o degree_n especial_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o hildebrand_n as_o be_v clear_a from_o all_o history_n until_o they_o come_v into_o a_o full_a possession_n of_o dominion_n and_o power_n in_o temporal_n which_o they_o have_v long_o strive_v and_o struggle_v for_o 1157_o a._n d._n 7._o after_o that_o 6._o that_o heideg_n histor_n papat_fw-la chap._n 4_o 5_o 6._o time_n although_o with_o some_o variety_n of_o fortune_n according_a to_o the_o temper_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o prince_n they_o be_v to_o contest_v with_o they_o exercise_v the_o power_n they_o have_v gain_v over_o prince_n and_o emperor_n sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n as_o god_n and_o oppose_v and_o exalt_v themselves_o above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n by_o depose_v and_o excommunicate_v prince_n absolve_v their_o subject_n from_o their_o allegiance_n dispense_n with_o god_n law_n arrogate_a infallibility_n to_o themselves_o and_o fill_v the_o world_n with_o slaughter_n and_o confusion_n and_o with_o scandalous_a and_o abominable_a doctrine_n and_o practice_n until_o the_o reformation_n when_o their_o power_n in_o spiritual_n and_o temporal_n be_v break_v 1517_o a._n d._n chap._n xviii_o the_o text._n and_o after_o these_o thing_n i._n e._n immediate_o after_o the_o distinct_a representation_n of_o the_o woman_n and_o her_o whole_a state_n in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n i_o see_v another_o angel_n or_o minister_n of_o god_n judgement_n distinct_a from_o he_o who_o appear_v ch._n 17._o 1._o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n in_o the_o name_n of_o god_n and_o with_o a_o commission_n from_o he_o have_v great_a power_n as_o be_v to_o effect_v great_a matter_n and_o the_o earth_n be_v lighten_v with_o his_o glory_n i._n e._n the_o judgement_n and_o ministration_n be_v very_o terrible_a and_o glorious_a and_o accompany_v with_o abundance_n of_o light_n and_o knowledge_n ezek._n 43.2_o 2_o and_o he_o cry_v mighty_o with_o a_o strong_a 1_o voice_n to_o show_v the_o greatness_n of_o the_o judgement_n say_v babylon_n the_o great_a i._o e_o papal_n rome_n chap._n 14_o 8._o 16_o 19_o 17_o 5._o be_v fall_v be_v fall_v i._n e._n will_v now_o be_v total_o and_o final_o overthrow_v and_o that_o as_o certain_o as_o if_o it_o be_v already_o fall_v isa_n 21.9_o jerem._n 51.8_o and_o be_v become_v the_o judgement_n be_v now_o actual_o in_o execution_n the_o habitation_n of_o 2_o devil_n and_o the_o 3_o hold_v of_o every_o foul_a bird_n and_o a_o cage_n of_o every_o unclean_a and_o hateful_a bird_n i._n e._n it_o be_v desolate_a for_o ever_o jerem._n 51.62_o see_v note_v 19_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xviii_o 1_o this_o angel_n give_v a_o particular_a representation_n of_o the_o divine_a judgement_n upon_o babylon_n or_o papal_a rome_n according_a to_o the_o general_a importance_n of_o the_o seven_o vial_n chap._n 16._o 19_o and_o this_o voice_n or_o angel_n may_v probable_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o seven_o voice_n chap._n 14._o 18._o which_o have_v pow-ove_a fire_n for_o his_o appearance_n be_v illustrious_a and_o bright_a like_o that_o of_o fire_n and_o the_o glorious_a execution_n of_o the_o judgement_n be_v as_o the_o loud_a voice_n 2_o its_o destruction_n be_v here_o describe_v by_o expression_n take_v from_o the_o prophet_n particulary_a from_o isa_n 13_o 19-22.34_a 14._o jerem._n 51.37_o which_o be_v allusion_n to_o the_o popular_a notion_n and_o opinion_n then_o common_a among_o man_n for_o which_o see_v the_o commentator_n on_o those_o place_n and_o grotius_n on_o this_o verse_n and_o on_o matth._n 10.1_o and_o matth._n 12._o 3_o a_o military_a word_n say_v grotius_n signify_v the_o station_n or_o watch_n of_o soldier_n 3_o for_o 4_o all_o nation_n have_v drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o her_o fornication_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n verse_n 9_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o she_o and_o the_o merchant_n of_o the_o earth_n verse_n 11._o be_v wax_v rich_a through_o the_o abundance_n of_o her_o 5_o delicacy_n i._n e._n the_o several_a member_n of_o the_o papal_a communion_n have_v through_o her_o mean_n be_v guilty_a of_o the_o foul_a idolatry_n cruelty_n and_o sensuality_n see_v chap._n 14._o 8-11_a and_o chapter_n 13._o and_o 17._o 4_o here_o be_v declare_v the_o cause_n of_o she_o ruin_n 5_o see_v doctor_n hammond_n on_o 1_o tim._n 5.11_o 4_o and_o i_o hear_v another_o voice_n or_o angel_n distinct_a from_o the_o former_a verse_n 1_o 2._o from_o heaven_n say_v 6_o come_v out_o of_o her_o i._n e._n out_o of_o mystical_a babylon_n the_o papal_a city_n and_o communion_n my_o 7_o people_n who_o have_v not_o defile_v yourselves_o with_o her_o idolatry_n that_o you_o be_v not_o partaker_n of_o her_o sin_n and_o that_o you_o receive_v not_o of_o her_o plague_n or_o punishment_n which_o be_v now_o actual_o in_o execution_n gen._n 19_o 12-26_a numb_a 16.26_o 6_o these_o word_n be_v take_v from_o isaiah_n 48.20_o jerem._n 50_o 8.51_o 6_o 45._o and_o they_o be_v a_o divine_a admonition_n to_o all_o age_n especial_o since_o the_o reformation_n and_o the_o clear_a discovery_n of_o babylon_n and_o its_o corruption_n by_o it_o to_o forsake_v that_o communion_n as_o they_o tender_v their_o own_o safety_n and_o deliverance_n from_o sin_n and_o judgement_n the_o consequent_n of_o it_o they_o do_v also_o express_v the_o grace_n and_o mercy_n of_o god_n by_o which_o he_o gather_v his_o people_n from_o among_o the_o wicked_a and_o call_v they_o out_o of_o danger_n into_o place_n of_o retreat_n and_o safety_n as_o he_o now_o do_v those_o who_o he_o have_v hitherto_o witheld_a from_o antichristian_a error_n and_o be_v about_o to_o secure_v after_o a_o most_o glorious_a manner_n 7_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o god_n may_v have_v people_n
in_o a_o idolatrous_a communion_n who_o be_v not_o of_o it_o who_o yet_o be_v oblige_v actual_o to_o leave_v and_o forsake_v such_o a_o communion_n at_o some_o time_n and_o in_o some_o case_n as_o protestant_n have_v show_v in_o their_o discourse_n upon_o that_o controversy_n of_o which_o case_n a_o fear_n of_o be_v guilty_a of_o its_o idolatry_n be_v the_o chief_a by_o which_o the_o title_n and_o privilege_n of_o be_v god_n people_n be_v forfeit_v 2_o cor._n 6_o 14-28_a 5_o for_o her_o sin_n have_v 8_o reach_v unto_o heaven_n i._n e._n have_v be_v extraordinary_o clamorous_a and_o have_v cry_v aloud_o for_o vengeance_n and_o god_n have_v 9_o remember_v her_o iniquity_n i._n e._n do_v now_o punish_v her_o acc_fw-la rd_v to_o her_o desert_n chap._n 16._o 19_o 8_o this_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o cry_a sin_n of_o sodom_n nineveh_n and_o other_o wicked_a city_n which_o when_o they_o be_v extraordinary_o notorious_a be_v say_v to_o reach_v heaven_n in_o scripture_n gen._n 4_o 10.11_o 4.18_o 20_o 21.19_o 13._o jonah_n 1.2_o james_n 5.4_o 9_o as_o god_n forgiveness_n of_o sin_n be_v call_v his_o forget_v of_o it_o in_o scripture_n so_o his_o punishment_n of_o it_o be_v call_v remember_v of_o it_o 6_o remember_v 10_o her_o you_o my_o people_n even_o as_o she_o reward_v you_o and_o double_a unto_o her_o double_a i._n e._n abundant_o and_o utter_o destroy_v she_o jerem_n 17_o 18.50_o 14_o 15._o according_o to_o her_o abominable_n evil_n work_v in_o the_o cup_n of_o affliction_n which_o she_o have_v fill_v to_o other_o fill_v to_o her_o double_a for_o she_o have_v impenitent_o and_o irreclaimable_o sin_v against_o i_o as_o well_o as_o injure_v you_o and_o therefore_o a_o double_a punishment_n be_v just_o due_a 10_o this_o verse_n refer_v to_o the_o triumph_n and_o acclamation_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o god_n just_a judgement_n on_o his_o malicious_a and_o irreconcilable_a enemy_n and_o to_o their_o concurrence_n in_o inflict_v of_o they_o as_o far_o as_o can_v be_v think_v proper_a for_o they_o see_v psalm_n 58_o 10._o and_o 137._o 2_o thes_n 1.6_o 2_o tim._n 4_o 14._o 7_o how_o much_o she_o have_v glory_v herself_o in_o her_o authority_n and_o live_v delicious_o in_o pride_n and_o luxury_n so_o much_o torment_v and_o sorrow_n give_v she_o as_o a_o just_a recompense_n of_o her_o sin_n 2_o thes_n 1.6_o for_o she_o say_v 11_o or_o have_v say_v in_o the_o pride_n carelessness_n and_o wantonness_n of_o her_o heart_n i_o 12_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n i._n e._n have_v supreme_a and_o uncontrollable_a authority_n and_o be_o no_o widow_n i._n e._n i_o have_v many_o king_n and_o people_n to_o defend_v i_o and_o be_o the_o mother_n and_z chief_z of_o city_n and_o church_n isa_n 47.7_o 8._o zeph._n 2.15_o and_o shall_v see_v no_o sorrow_n in_o the_o loss_n of_o child_n or_o people_n but_o shall_v continue_v the_o seat_n of_o ecclesiastical_a power_n and_o of_o empire_n 11_o this_o refer_v to_o her_o pride_n and_o boasting_n in_o the_o day_n of_o her_o prosperity_n and_o security_n 12_o word_n full_a of_o insolence_n and_o blasphemy_n and_o which_o especial_o as_o they_o lie_v in_o the_o place_n of_o the_o 2.15_o the_o isa_n 47_o 10-15_a zeph._n 2.15_o prophet_n from_o whence_o they_o be_v take_v can_v be_v proper_o speak_v only_o by_o god_n alone_o and_o plain_o refer_v to_o the_o insolent_a pretence_n of_o the_o papacy_n to_o supremacy_n infallibility_n and_o indefectibility_n 8_o therefore_o because_o of_o her_o pride_n security_n and_o arrogant_a pretence_n to_o what_o proper_o belong_v to_o god_n alone_o shall_v her_o plague_n come_v in_o one_o day_n i_o e._n unexpected_o and_o sudden_o isa_n 47_o 9-11_a death_n and_o mournin_n g_o and_o famine_n i._n e._n variety_n of_o punishment_n which_o shall_v bear_v a_o conformity_n to_o her_o sin_n and_o she_o i._n e._n rome_n the_o mystical_a bnbylon_n shall_v be_v utter_o burn_v with_o 13_o fire_n i._n e._n shall_v be_v utter_o destroy_v and_o consume_v for_o strong_a be_v powerful_a be_v the_o lord_n who_o judge_v her_o and_o therefore_o able_a to_o inflict_v the_o severe_a punishment_n on_o she_o as_o incredible_a as_o the_o thing_n may_v seem_v to_o she_o or_o other_o 13_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n b._n 3.10_o 9_o and_o the_o king_n 14_o of_o the_o earth_n who_o have_v commit_v fornication_n or_o idolatry_n and_o live_v delicious_o with_o her_o or_o in_o her_o communion_n verse_n 3_o 7._o shall_v bewail_v she_o when_o they_o shall_v see_v the_o smoke_n of_o her_o burn_a i._n e._n the_o sign_n of_o her_o torment_n gen._n 19.28_o ezek._n 26_o 15-21_a 14_o the_o ten_o king_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o burn_v she_o as_o be_v express_o assert_v chap._n 17.16_o and_o therefore_o by_o these_o king_n must_v be_v mean_v either_o some_o who_o shall_v adhere_v to_o she_o even_o after_o the_o punishment_n inflict_v by_o the_o ten_o king_n or_o else_o rather_o the_o king_n who_o die_v impenitent_o in_o her_o communion_n who_o be_v raise_v to_o judgement_n and_o first_o behold_v her_o punishment_n with_o terror_n and_o then_o partake_v with_o she_o in_o it_o of_o which_o see_v more_o on_o the_o follow_a chapter_n 10_o stand_v afar_o off_o for_o the_o fear_n of_o her_o torment_n which_o they_o know_v they_o have_v deserve_v and_o must_v short_o feel_v say_n in_o the_o anguish_n and_o horror_n of_o their_o mind_n alas_o alas_o that_o great_a city_n babylon_n or_o rome_n that_o once_o mighty_a or_o powerful_a city_n for_o in_o one_o hour_n or_o sudden_o be_v thy_o judgement_n come_v be_v therefore_o we_o can_v be_v far_o off_o 11_o and_o the_o 15_o merchant_n of_o the_o earth_n i.e._n the_o worldly_a factor_n for_o the_o roman_a church_n and_o those_o who_o have_v compass_v sea_n and_o land_n to_o gain_v advantage_n by_o it_o and_o proselyte_n to_o it_o shall_v weep_v and_o mourn_v over_o she_o for_o or_o because_o no_o man_n buy_v she_o 15_o merchandise_n any_o more_o i._n e._n they_o can_v have_v no_o more_o advantage_n by_o she_o matth._n 10_o 8.23_o 15._o 2._o pet._n 2.3_o 2_o cor._n 2.17_o matth._n 21.13_o 12_o the_o merchandise_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o of_o pearl_n and_o fine_a linen_n and_o purple_a and_o silk_n and_o scarlet_n i._n e._n whatsoever_o be_v precious_a and_o for_o ornament_n the_o high_a preferment_n and_o most_o gawdy_a pomp_n and_o ornament_n of_o that_o worldly_a church_n and_o all_o thy_o wood_n or_o sweet_a wood_n for_o image_n incense_n and_o temple_n and_o all_o manner_n vessel_n of_o ivory_n and_o all_o manner_n vessel_n of_o most_o precious_a wood_n and_o of_o brass_n and_o iron_n and_o marble_n i._n e._n utensil_n and_o material_n of_o all_o sort_n for_o their_o temple_n 15_o 15_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a expression_n be_v take_v from_o isa_n 47.15_o and_o ezek_n 27._o where_o the_o destruction_n of_o babylon_n and_o of_o tyre_n type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n be_v represent_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n and_o by_o merchant_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v mean_v all_o the_o busy_a and_o deceitful_a negotiator_n and_o factor_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v hosea_n 12.7_o for_o the_o papacy_n who_o any_o way_n contribute_v to_o her_o grandeur_n idolatry_n and_o superstition_n whatsoever_o may_v serve_v to_o those_o end_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v by_o the_o merchandise_n here_o mention_v 13_o and_o cinnamon_n and_o odour_n and_o ointment_n and_o frankincense_n i._n e._n all_o thing_n gratify_v the_o sense_n and_o to_o be_v use_v in_o censing_n and_o unction_n and_o wine_n for_o the_o idolatrous_a chalice_n and_o oil_n for_o chrism_n and_o fine_a flower_n for_o the_o idolatrous_a wafer_n and_o wheat_n and_o beast_n and_o sheep_n i._n e._n necessary_a provision_n and_o tithe_n and_o oblation_n for_o her_o clergy_n and_o horse_n and_o chariot_n i._n e._n what_o belong_v to_o her_o outward_a pomp_n and_o equipage_n and_o slave_n i._n e._n hire_a place_n hire_a see_v dr._n ham._n on_o the_o place_n servant_n and_o attendant_n and_o whosoever_o give_v they_o bodily_a service_n and_o 16_o soul_n of_o man_n i._n e._n those_o who_o serve_v they_o with_o their_o wit_n and_o understanding_n their_o craft_n and_o cunning_a and_o be_v slave_n to_o they_o in_o soul_n as_o well_o as_o body_n 13_o this_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 27.13_o where_o slave_n or_o bondman_n be_v call_v soul_n of_o man_n and_o hereby_o may_v be_v mean_v those_o who_o serve_v they_o with_o their_o very_a soul_n who_o pawn_v their_o conscience_n for_o they_o and_o enslave_v their_o very_a soul_n to_o they_o serve_v they_o with_o the_o utmost_a of_o their_o craft_n and_o intellectual_a capacity_n in_o contradistinction_n to_o they_o who_o serve_v they_o with_o their_o bodily_a service_n only_o call_v body_n or_o slave_n all_o sort_n of_o verse_n of_o see_v
manner_n and_o restrain_v from_o all_o sort_n of_o mischief_n but_o because_o he_o be_v to_o be_v let_v loose_a after_o the_o thousand_o year_n therefore_o he_o be_v say_v to_o be_v only_o shut_v up_o in_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o be_v not_o cast_v into_o the_o lake_n until_o afterward_o when_o he_o be_v make_v utter_o uncapable_a of_o any_o manner_n of_o power_n or_o action_n against_o god_n and_o his_o kingdom_n for_o the_o least_o season_n and_o that_o to_o all_o eternity_n and_o here_o end_v the_o first_o triumph_n and_o conquest_n of_o christ_n in_o his_o kingdom_n which_o begin_v with_o the_o reduce_n of_o his_o enemy_n viz._n antichrist_n the_o wicked_a nation_n and_o the_o devil_n so_o as_o to_o make_v they_o his_o footstool_n who_o his_o father_n have_v be_v subdue_a for_o he_o from_o his_o ascension_n as_o be_v evident_a from_o psalm_n 110.1_o 1_o cor._n 15.25_o 5_o the_o duration_n of_o this_o season_n be_v not_o where_o determine_v in_o scripture_n and_o therefore_o can_v be_v positive_o assign_v only_o if_o the_o tradition_n of_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n duration_n of_o the_o world_n prove_v true_a it_o must_v comprehend_v that_o space_n of_o time_n which_o will_v be_v find_v want_v to_o complete_a the_o 7000_o year_n after_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o 1000_o year_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 4_o and_o i_o see_v 6_o throne_n i._n e._n solemn_a and_o glorious_a preparation_n for_o rule_n and_o judgement_n dan._n 7.9_o and_o 7_o they_o i._n e._n the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o come_v with_o christ_n chap._n 19.14_o dan._n 7.13_o 18_o 21_o 22_o 26_o 27._o zech._n 14.5_o 1_o thes_n 4.14_o sit_v 8_o upon_o they_o i._n e._n be_v invest_v in_o a_o regal_a and_o a_o judicial_a office_n and_o 9_o judgement_n i._n e._n power_n of_o govern_v sentence_a and_o punish_v be_v give_v unto_o they_o who_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n by_o god_n and_o christ_n dan._n 7.22_o 27._o and_o i_o see_v the_o separate_a 10_o soul_n of_o they_o or_o of_o the_o person_n that_o we_o e_z behead_v for_o the_o witness_n of_o jesus_n and_o for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n i._n e._n the_o soul_n of_o the_o martyr_n under_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n of_o rome_n rev_n 6.9_o 10_o 11._o and_o 11_o i_o see_v also_o the_o 12_o soul_n of_o they_o which_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n neither_o his_o image_n neither_o have_v receive_v his_o mark_n upon_o their_o forehead_n or_o in_o their_o hand_n i._n e._n the_o faithful_a witness_n kill_v by_o antichrist_n chap._n 6_o 11._o 11_o 7._o 13_o 15_o 16._o and_o they_o i._n e._n all_o these_o saint_n and_o martyr_n 13_o live_v again_o in_o spiritual_a and_o heavenly_a body_n 1_o cor._n 15_o 42-50_a and_o 14_o reign_v with_o 15_o chr_n st_o a_o 16_o thousand_o year_n 6_o this_o representation_n be_v take_v from_o dan._n 7.9_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o 19.28_o the_o mede_n work_n p._n 762._o grot._n in_o matth._n 19.28_o throne_n or_o seat_n of_o the_o jewish_a consistory_n or_o rather_o in_o the_o opinion_n of_o 19.28_o of_o mede_n work_n p._n 762._o grot._n in_o matth._n 19.28_o grotius_n to_o the_o ancient_a custom_n of_o the_o jew_n among_o who_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o tribe_n be_v wont_a to_o sit_v with_o the_o king_n ih_o public_a assembly_n and_o according_o this_o court_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o grand_a assize_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n be_v represent_v as_o have_v many_o throne_n as_o 1._o the_o throne_n of_o god_n the_o father_n dan._n 7.9_o 2._o the_o throne_n of_o christ_n in_o which_o he_o be_v enstate_v dan._n 7.13_o 14_o upon_o the_o judgement_n pass_v upon_o ant●ehrist_n to_o show_v that_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n begin_v not_o until_o after_o that_o judgement_n and_o destruction_n as_o in_o this_o prophecy_n the_o thousand_o year_n do_v not_o enter_v until_o after_o the_o battle_n of_o decision_n which_o be_v also_o call_v a_o judgement_n chap._n 19_o 3._o many_o throne_n of_o saint_n dan._n 7.10_o 18_o 22_o 26._o where_o the_o saint_n be_v call_v the_o judgement_n and_o be_v say_v to_o he_o set_v in_o judgement_n and_o many_o throne_n to_o be_v set_v down_o pitch_v or_o erect_v as_o the_o word_n ought_v to_o be_v translate_v at_o the_o 9th_o verse_n which_o throne_n do_v not_o belong_v to_o the_o angel_n who_o be_v not_o represent_v as_o sit_v but_o stand_v as_o minister_a and_o assist_v spirit_n 1_o king_n 22.19_o be_v 6.1_o dan._n 7.10_o 7_o by_o a_o diligent_a compare_n of_o dan._n 7.13_o 18_o etc._n etc._n with_o rev._n 19.14_o 17._o and_o this_o verse_n it_o will_v plain_o appear_v that_o the_o saint_n those_o army_n of_o heaven_n who_o come_v with_o christ_n in_o the_o cloud_n to_o judgement_n be_v the_o they_o here_o refer_v to_o the_o very_a they_o dan._n 7.13_o where_o the_o like_a phrase_n be_v use_v who_o come_v with_o the_o son_n of_o man_n upon_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n to_o who_o throne_n a_o kingdom_n and_o a_o judicatory_a be_v ascribe_v in_o 14_a in_o matth._n 19.28_o luke_n 22.30_o 1_o cor._n 6_o 14_a scripture_n over_o the_o wicked_a angel_n and_o the_o world_n and_o who_o have_v here_o throne_n give_v they_o as_o a_o reward_n for_o their_o attendance_n upon_o christ_n in_o the_o forego_n battle_n to_o who_o alone_o yet_o the_o victory_n be_v ascribe_v chap._n 19.21_o 8_o to_o sit_v upon_o a_o throne_n denote_v in_o scripture_n a_o continuance_n in_o a_o undisturbed_a possession_n of_o sovereignty_n and_o dominion_n with_o a_o right_n of_o judicature_n as_o expositor_n of_o the_o creed_n have_v show_v on_o the_o article_n concern_v christ_n sit_v on_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o the_o father_n 9_o this_o word_n signify_v rule_n and_o government_n in_o scripture_n as_o well_o as_o a_o judicial_a power_n gen._n 15_o 14.19_o 9.1_o sam._n 4.18_o psalm_n 72.1_o 2._o 10_o from_o this_o place_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o these_o be_v the_o soul_n of_o the_o very_a martyr_n who_o he_o have_v see_v before_o under_o the_o altar_n chap._n 6_o 9-11_a the_o same_o expression_n be_v use_v in_o both_o place_n 2._o that_o they_o be_v particular_o the_o martyr_n under_o the_o pagan_a roman_a emperor_n because_o they_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v behead_v which_o be_v a_o locum_fw-la a_o grot._n in_o locum_fw-la roman_a punishment_n 3._o that_o the_o soul_n be_v immortal_a and_o sleep_v not_o in_o its_o separate_a state_n because_o they_o cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n have_v robe_n give_v unto_o they_o and_o be_v admonish_v to_o rest_n for_o a_o little_a season_n 6_o 9-11_a 11_o these_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o former_a by_o the_o interposition_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o and_n and_o be_v evident_o as_o appear_v from_o compare_v this_o place_n with_o rev._n 6.11_o the_o witness_n martyr_v under_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o antichrist_n who_o be_v to_o fill_v up_o or_o complete_a the_o number_n of_o martyr_n and_o then_o to_o live_v and_o reign_v together_o with_o the_o martyr_n under_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n 12_o pareus_n suppose_v a_o ellipsis_n in_o this_o place_n which_o may_v be_v thus_o supply_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n although_o separate_a soul_n be_v often_o speak_v of_o in_o scripture_n in_o the_o masculine_a gender_n luke_n 16_o 19-31_a 13_o they_o live_v that_o be_v in_o their_o person_n in_o body_n suit_v to_o the_o state_n of_o the_o bless_a milennium_n for_o this_o can_v refer_v to_o the_o soul_n here-mentioned_n which_o live_v before_o as_o have_v be_v already_o observe_v see_v also_o the_o note_n on_o the_o follow_a verse_n 14_o this_o as_o well_o as_o almost_o all_o the_o other_o expression_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n concern_v the_o great_a day_n of_o judgement_n be_v take_v chief_o from_o daniel_n who_o in_o the_o second_o and_o seven_o chapter_n of_o his_o prophecy_n foretell_v that_o during_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n evident_o prove_v by_o several_a append._n several_a mede_n be_v work_n pag._n 711._o dr._n moor'●_n s●●ps_n proph_n 2.13_o dr_n gressener_n s_o demonstr_n b._n 2._o 6-8_a and_o the_o append._n author_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o from_o small_a beginning_n or_o a_o infant-state_n liken_v by_o daniel_n to_o a_o etc._n a_o mr._n mede_n 713_o 743_o etc._n etc._n stone_n shall_v by_o a_o divine_a and_o supernatural_a power_n increase_v so_o far_o that_o at_o last_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n who_o be_v the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o great_a image_n dan._n 2.43_o 44._o it_o shall_v become_v a_o mountain_n fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n that_o be_v a_o universal_a and_o a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n after_o it_o have_v put_v a_o end_n to_o all_o other_o kingdom_n particular_o that_o
10.12_o rev._n 1.9_o 7._o there_o must_v be_v such_o a_o state_n in_o which_o all_o thing_n even_o the_o inanimate_a part_n of_o the_o creation_n be_v to_o be_v restore_v to_o their_o pure_a primitive_a state_n that_o christ_n redemption_n may_v be_v perfect_a and_o complete_a for_o christ_n die_v and_o make_v a_o atonement_n and_o reconciliation_n by_o his_o blood_n that_o he_o may_v carry_v on_o the_o great_a work_n of_o redemption_n through_o the_o several_a age_n of_o the_o world_n to_o its_o full_a perfection_n now_o that_o 22._o that_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a 1_o cor._n 23_o 21_o 22._o redemption_n consist_v in_o restore_v whatsoever_o the_o first_o adam_n lose_v there_o must_v be_v a_o restitution_n of_o the_o whole_a creation_n to_o its_o first_o state_n or_o else_o christ_n redemption_n will_v not_o be_v perfect_a but_o of_o this_o more_o hereafter_o 8._o if_o the_o general_n resurrection_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v the_o same_o then_o the_o argument_n from_o the_o justice_n and_o wisdom_n of_o god_n and_o all_o the_o other_o general_a topic_n which_o be_v common_o bring_v for_o the_o proof_n of_o the_o former_a will_v conclude_v as_o strong_o for_o the_o latter_a to_o which_o may_v be_v add_v that_o it_o be_v agreeable_a to_o the_o wisdom_n justice_n and_o goodness_n of_o god_n that_o he_o shall_v reserve_v some_o age_n of_o the_o world_n for_o his_o own_o entire_a reign_n in_o righteousness_n who_o have_v permit_v the_o devil_n and_o antichrist_n to_o domineer_v in_o so_o many_o age_n of_o it_o and_o that_o his_o son_n shall_v be_v visible_o glorify_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o that_o very_a earth_n where_o he_o have_v be_v humble_v even_o to_o the_o death_n of_o the_o cross_n and_o the_o last_o act_n or_o period_n of_o the_o oeconomy_n of_o his_o exaltation_n shall_v be_v accompany_v with_o the_o great_a glory_n and_o majesty_n as_o the_o last_o act_n of_o his_o humiliation_n be_v attend_v with_o the_o great_a misery_n and_o reproach_n and_o that_o his_o saint_n who_o have_v undergo_v a_o long_a state_n of_o misery_n and_o persecution_n shall_v inherit_v 22._o inherit_v rom._n 8_o 19-24_a 1_o cor._n 23_o 21_o 22._o the_o earth_n in_o prosperity_n according_a to_o the_o promise_n of_o god_n and_o the_o wicked_a shall_v suffer_v in_o a_o visible_a state_n of_o shame_n and_o ignominy_n and_o that_o for_o some_o long_a space_n of_o time_n and_o not_o only_o for_o a_o single_a day_n of_o judgement_n that_o man_n may_v be_v deter_v from_o sin_v here_o by_o the_o length_n of_o the_o punishment_n and_o 4.5_o and_o burnet_n theor._n 4.5_o by_o the_o dishonour_n of_o it_o which_o shall_v be_v notorious_a to_o the_o whole_a creation_n whereas_o the_o eternal_a state_n of_o the_o damn_a be_v a_o hide_a state_n beside_o which_o according_a to_o the_o general_a current_n of_o scripture_n there_o must_v be_v a_o visible_a appearance_n of_o the_o wicked_a and_o the_o good_a at_o the_o general_a retribution_n when_o god_n will_v display_v to_o the_o whole_a world_n the_o reason_n and_o ground_n of_o his_o procedure_n and_o the_o whole_a scene_n and_o contexture_n of_o his_o providence_n that_o his_o wisdom_n justice_n and_o goodness_n towards_o his_o creature_n may_v be_v see_v acknowledge_v and_o admire_v by_o all_o of_o they_o to_o which_o the_o continuance_n of_o mankind_n under_o a_o visible_a state_n for_o some_o considerable_a time_n according_a to_o their_o demerit_n in_o the_o reverse_n of_o what_o they_o enjoy_v here_o will_v very_o much_o contribute_v psalm_n 73._o isa_n 65.13_o 25._o dan._n 12.1_o 2._o phil._n 2_o 9-11_a 9_o it_o be_v agreeable_a 5._o agreeable_a see_v dr._n home_n be_v resurrection_n reveal_v lib_n 3._o 5._o to_o the_o wont_a procedure_v of_o almighty_a god_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o state_n of_o prosperity_n to_o his_o church_n upon_o earth_n for_o he_o have_v general_o in_o all_o age_n punish_v on_o earth_n fierce_a tyrant_n and_o persecutor_n of_o his_o church_n and_o give_v to_o it_o a_o general_a rest_n after_o long_a and_o tedious_a trouble_n affliction_n and_o persecution_n and_o that_o most_o common_o in_o the_o church_n extremity_n which_o be_v god_n opportunity_n and_o according_o we_o may_v just_o expect_v such_o a_o state_n upon_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n and_o that_o his_o fall_n be_v not_o far_o off_o because_o the_o two_o special_a witness-churche_n of_o france_n and_o savoy_n have_v be_v reduce_v to_o the_o utmost_a extremity_n 10._o the_o oeconomy_n dispensation_n or_o fatherly_a administration_n of_o this_o kingdom_n which_o be_v god_n household_n be_v place_v by_o the_o apostle_n ephes_n 1.10_o in_o the_o fullness_n of_o time_n that_o be_v of_o all_o time_n which_o not_o be_v as_o yet_o expire_v we_o may_v thence_o conclude_v that_o this_o kingdom_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v for_o from_o the_o consideration_n of_o mark_n 1.15_o gal._n 4.4_o ephes_n 1.10_o and_o isaiah_n 2.2_o it_o seem_v there_o be_v as_o if_o a_o line_n of_o time_n in_o scripture_n commence_v from_o christ_n first_o come_v call_v the_o fullness_n of_o time_n and_o end_v in_o his_o second_o come_v call_v the_o fullness_n of_o time_n or_o of_o all_o such_o time_n 11._o the_o monarchick_a 7._o monarchick_a see_v dr._n beverley_n kingdom_n of_o jesus_n christ_n enter_v its_o succession_n and_o dan._n 2_o and_o 7._o image_n in_o daniel_n be_v not_o yet_o break_v to_o piece_n but_o continue_v in_o its_o foot_n and_o ten_o toe_n under_o the_o papacy_n and_o its_o ten_o king_n and_o therefore_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v which_o be_v to_o destroy_v it_o which_o kingdom_n also_o as_o it_o be_v there_o describe_v can_v be_v christ_n evangelical_n kingdom_n because_o that_o destroy_v not_o kingdom_n but_o convert_v they_o nor_o his_o kingdom_n of_o eternity_n because_o according_a to_o prophecy_n this_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v under_o the_o heaven_n and_o to_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n dan._n 2._o 12._o very_o many_o text_n of_o scripture_n can_v possible_o be_v explain_v at_o least_o in_o their_o full_a and_o most_o complete_a sense_n and_o latitude_n without_o suppose_v some_o such_o state_n for_o even_o the_o first_o and_o great_a prophecy_n gen._n 3.15_o concern_v the_o bruise_n of_o the_o serpent_n head_n be_v not_o yet_o full_o complete_v nor_o will_v be_v until_o christ_n second_o come_v when_o sin_n and_o death_n shall_v be_v utter_o abolish_v 1_o cor._n 15._o japhet_n tent_n according_a to_o noah_n prophecy_n gen._n 9.27_o have_v not_o be_v yet_o enlarge_v through_o the_o whole_a extent_n of_o the_o northern_a part_n of_o the_o world_n neither_o have_v god_n yet_o persuade_v japhet_n and_o shem_n gentile_a and_o jew_n to_o live_v together_o in_o the_o same_o tent_n or_o church_n the_o promise_n to_o 2._o to_o dr._n homes_n resurrect_v reveal_v b._n 3._o 2._o abraham_n as_o they_o be_v explain_v by_o the_o apostle_n of_o such_o a_o numerous_a race_n as_o shall_v possess_v almost_o the_o whole_a world_n be_v not_o fulfil_v in_o their_o utmost_a latitude_n as_o neither_o 3.2_o neither_o dr._n homes_n resurrect_v reveal_v b._n 3.2_o some_o of_o jacob_n prophecy_n to_o befall_v his_o posterity_n in_o the_o last_o day_n gen._n 49._o particular_o that_o remarkable_a one_o verse_n 10._o for_o the_o universal_a and_o complete_a gather_v of_o the_o people_n both_o jew_n and_o gentile_n into_o one_o body_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o come_v to_o pass_v and_o who_o can_v say_v that_o the_o empire_n the_o n●mb_n 24.17_o deut._n 30_o 3_o 4_o 5.32_o 36_o 43._o psalm_n 2_o 8.22_o 27-31_a 45.47_o 7_o 8_o 9.49_o 14.67.68_o 22-35_a 72.86_o 9.110.149_o very_o many_o place_n in_o the_o prophet_n already_o quote_v the_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n which_o speak_v concern_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o world_n to_o come_v of_o the_o messiah_n and_o luke_n 19.11_o 12.23_o 42._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o thy_o kingdom_n act_n 3_o 19-26_a 1_o cor._n 15.24_o etc._n etc._n eph._n 1.21_o heb_fw-mi 3_o 5-9_a 2_o peter_n 3.13_o revel_v 11.15_o see_v a_o treatise_n write_v by_o alstecius_n entitle_v the_o belove_a city_n or_o the_o saint_n reign_v mr._n archer_n of_o the_o personal_a reign_n of_o christ_n dr._n homes_n be_v resurrection_n reveal_v dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n b._n 4._o dr._n beverley_n against_o mr._n baxter_n mounseur_fw-fr jurieu_fw-fr and_o mr._n claude_n oeures_n posth●m_n tom._n 3._o le_fw-fr ci●quieme_n empire_n prophecy_n contain_v in_o the_o place_n quote_v in_o the_o margin_n be_v as_o yet_o complete_o fullfil_v or_o that_o the_o first_o 52._o first_o see_v dr._n beverley_n on_o the_o lord_n prayer_n mede_n ep._n 52._o petition_n of_o the_o lord_n prayer_n can_v be_v well_o understand_v without_o the_o supposal_n of_o such_o a_o kingdom_n 13._o when_o the_o apostle_n have_v receive_v power_n in_o which_o all_o necessary_a gift_n knowledge_n as_o well_o as_o
to_o gather_v they_o together_o from_o all_o part_n to_o 28_o battle_n i._n e._n to_o oppose_v persecute_v and_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n the_o 29_o number_n of_o who_o be_v as_o the_o sand_n of_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n exceed_o great_a ezek_n 38.8_o 9_o 15_o 16._o 26_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 12._o 〈◊〉_d grot._n in_o matth._n 5_o 7._o eph._n 2.11_o 12._o that_o be_v gentile_n or_o alien_n from_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n banish_v as_o it_o be_v from_o that_o happy_a society_n into_o the_o four_o quarter_n or_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o live_v there_o as_o without_o god_n in_o the_o new_a world_n of_o the_o messiah_n believe_v indeed_o but_o as_o the_o devil_n do_v with_o tremble_v which_o be_v a_o spiritual_a death_n who_o be_v typify_v by_o the_o hamonah_n and_o multitude_n of_o nation_n ezek._n 38_o 8_o 9_o 15_o 16.39_o 11_o 16._o who_o be_v to_o come_v up_o against_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n after_o the_o resurrection_n conversion_n and_o return_v of_o the_o jew_n and_o their_o union_n with_o the_o gentile_n into_o one_o church_n as_o appear_v from_o ezek._n chapter_n 36_o 37_o 38_o 39_o now_o whatsoever_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o nation_n in_o ezekiel_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o in_o this_o place_n they_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o some_o of_o those_o to_o who_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v here_o assign_v who_o be_v the_o whole_a of_o mankind_n and_o see_v that_o it_o can_v be_v suppose_v that_o the_o saint_n of_o any_o kind_n can_v be_v possible_o engage_v in_o such_o a_o design_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o be_v the_o save_v and_o heal_v the_o live_n the_o son_n and_o partaker_n of_o the_o first_o resurrection_n and_o secure_v by_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n in_o a_o state_n of_o righteousness_n who_o will_v lose_v none_o that_o be_v he_o as_o the_o first_o adam_n do_v it_o will_v follow_v that_o by_o these_o nation_n must_v be_v understand_v the_o remnant_n slay_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o dead_a who_o live_v not_o again_o or_o the_o dead-wicked_n raise_v to_o a_o state_n of_o condemnation_n and_o continue_v under_o the_o awe_n and_o terror_n of_o it_o during_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n who_o be_v now_o stir_v up_o by_o satan_n their_o head_n and_o ringleader_n to_o attack_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n who_o he_o think_v he_o may_v easy_o overcome_v now_o the_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o assistance_n of_o christ_n be_v withdraw_v from_o they_o and_o to_o this_o sense_n agree_v many_o expression_n in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o the_o multitude_n or_o nation_n of_o the_o dead_a chap._n 39_o 8-17_a and_o also_o the_o general_a scope_n of_o this_o chapter_n which_o have_v a_o relation_n as_o be_v grant_v by_o all_o interpreter_n to_o what_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o last_o judgement_n and_o the_o resurrection_n *_o in_o the_o four_o corner_n or_o angle_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o square_a city_n or_o camp_n without_o which_o as_o it_o be_v at_o the_o four_o angle_n and_o corner_n of_o it_o the_o wicked_a be_v place_v here_o and_o chap._n 22.15_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n among_o the_o jew_n of_o execute_v offender_n without_o the_o camp_n and_o city_n and_o of_o exclude_v and_o excommunicate_v all_o unclean_a person_n out_o of_o it_o numb_a 5_o 14_a heb._n 13.11_o 12_o 13._o 27_o this_o be_v a_o plain_a proof_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v typify_v by_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o dead_a in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o gog_n and_o the_o land_n of_o magog_n by_o which_o the_o 41._o the_o ezek._n 32_o 26.38_o 15.39_o 2._o the_o mogul-tartar_n above_o the_o wall_n of_o china_n be_v call_v so_o by_o the_o arabian_a writer_n dr._n hyde_n epist_n de_fw-fr mensuris_fw-la sinens_fw-la see_v mr._n mede_n pag._n 574._o and_o ep._n 41._o northern_a and_o scythian_a nation_n be_v understand_v in_o scripture_n a_o type_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n church_n and_o kingdom_n prophesy_v of_o in_o old_a time_n by_o the_o servant_n of_o god_n the_o prophet_n of_o israel_n under_o the_o name_n of_o such_o nation_n as_o be_v the_o chief_a enemy_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o the_o particular_a time_n of_o each_o prophet_n ezek._n 38.17_o so_o that_o gog_n and_o magog_n seem_v to_o denote_v the_o whole_a multitude_n of_o god_n enemy_n in_o each_o age_n which_o admirable_o agree_v with_o what_o have_v be_v discourse_v already_o to_o wit_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v the_o wicked_a dead_a of_o every_o age_n of_o the_o world_n raise_v to_o condemnation_n 29_o this_o battle_n be_v distinct_a from_o that_o at_o armageddon_n which_o be_v before_o the_o thousand_o year_n neither_o will_v it_o appear_v incredible_a that_o the_o fall_v angel_n and_o the_o damn_a shall_v again_o attempt_v such_o a_o design_n and_o that_o after_o they_o have_v experience_v the_o power_n of_o christ_n wrath_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n if_o we_o consider_v that_o the_o devil_n retain_v the_o same_o enmity_n against_o god_n notwithstanding_o their_o many_o age_n of_o punishment_n and_o their_o expectation_n of_o a_o eternal_a doom_n and_o that_o this_o attempt_n be_v under_o the_o wise_a permission_n and_o order_n of_o almighty_a god_n at_o a_o time_n when_o his_o more_o immediate_a glorious_a presence_n be_v withdraw_v from_o the_o new_a earth_n of_o his_o saint_n and_o the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o coldness_n and_o indifferency_n to_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n begin_v for_o the_o wicked_a nation_n as_o they_o go_v down_o to_o hell_n according_a to_o the_o expression_n of_o ezekiel_n chap._n 32.26_o 27._o with_o their_o weapon_n of_o war_n that_o be_v with_o the_o same_o enmity_n to_o christ_n in_o which_o they_o live_v and_o lay_v their_o sword_n under_o their_o head_n in_o a_o readiness_n to_o act_v the_o same_o wickedness_n over_o again_o so_o be_v they_o raise_v with_o the_o same_o passion_n only_o the_o more_o enrage_a for_o their_o punishment_n and_o may_v very_o well_o be_v suppose_v out_o of_o envy_n and_o revenge_n for_o their_o long_a confinement_n under_o a_o state_n of_o punishment_n and_o infamy_n to_o engage_v in_o this_o attempt_n 29_o although_o the_o number_n of_o the_o wicked_a who_o shall_v be_v raise_v to_o condemnation_n will_v be_v very_o great_a yet_o there_o will_v not_o be_v any_o inconvenience_n to_o our_o assertion_n from_o thence_o as_o if_o the_o earth_n will_v be_v encumber_v with_o so_o vast_a a_o number_n of_o wicked_a person_n because_o no_o very_a great_a space_n will_v be_v require_v for_o their_o confinement_n if_o that_o be_v true_a which_o be_v assert_v by_o sir_n william_n london_n william_n see_v his_o essay_n in_o political_a arithmetic_n concern_v the_o growth_n of_o the_o city_n of_o london_n petty_a that_o half_o the_o island_n of_o ireland_n will_v afford_v not_o only_o foot_v to_o stand_v upon_o but_o grave_n to_o lie_v down_o in_o for_o the_o whole_a number_n of_o man_n now_o live_v and_o also_o for_o those_o that_o have_v die_v since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n to_o which_o may_v be_v add_v that_o their_o body_n shall_v be_v spiritual_a they_o be_v to_o partake_v of_o the_o spirituality_n of_o the_o resurrection_n although_o not_o of_o the_o purity_n and_o blessedness_n of_o it_o 9_o and_o they_o go_v up_o in_o battle_n array_n 1_o king_n 10.1_o from_o the_o quarter_n and_o corner_n to_o which_o they_o be_v confine_v on_o the_o breadth_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n to_o assault_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o have_v spread_v itself_o over_o the_o whole_a earth_n isa_n 8_o 8.49_o 6._o psalm_n 72.8_o and_o compass_a or_o besiege_a the_o camp_n 30_o of_o the_o saint_n who_o reign_v with_o christ_n verse_n 6._o and_o the_o 31_o belove_a city_n i._n e._n they_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n on_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 21.2_o 3._o and_o 32_o or_o but_o fire_v come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n and_o devour_v they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v sudden_o and_o miraculous_o discomfit_v by_o god_n and_o most_o severe_a judgement_n be_v inflict_v upon_o they_o by_o god_n fiery_a wrath_n and_o indignation_n ezek._n 38.22_o 23.39_o 6_o 9_o 10._o 30_o a_o metaphor_n from_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o israelite_n in_o the_o wilderness_n a_o type_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n see_v ainsworth_n on_o numb_a 2.27_o 31_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v god_n belove_v psalm_n 60_o 5.108_o 6._o which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n the_o holy_a city_n the_o bride_n and_o belove_v of_o her_o husband_n chap._n 21._o 32_o the_o israelite_n be_v represent_v by_o ezekiel_n chap._n 38.11_o as_o live_v in_o unwall_v village_n without_o bar_n and_o gate_n
whole_a space_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n rev._n 20._o 7._o the_o body_n of_o the_o dead_a saint_n be_v raise_v be_v catch_v up_o into_o the_o air_n and_o the_o saint_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n appear_v in_o they_o together_o with_o he_o in_o the_o heaven_n and_o probable_o continue_v with_o he_o there_o in_o glory_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n the_o heaven_n be_v purge_v and_o purify_v as_o it_o be_v by_o fire_n and_o the_o 6.12_o the_o luke_n 10.18_o eph._n 6.12_o evil_a spirit_n fall_v down_o like_o lightning_n from_o the_o air_n which_o have_v be_v so_o long_o possess_v by_o they_o whereby_o these_o high_a and_o heavenly_a place_n be_v as_o it_o be_v prepare_v for_o the_o reception_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n for_o righteousness_n must_v dwell_v in_o the_o new_a 23._o new_a 2_o pet._n 3.13_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d rom._n 8.22_o 23._o heaven_n as_o well_o as_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o whole_a creation_n groan_n and_o wait_v for_o this_o redemption_n but_o this_o shall_v be_v further_o make_v out_o as_o occasion_n offer_v upon_o the_o follow_a part_n of_o this_o vision_n 8._o the_o live_a saint_n will_v be_v 10-16_a be_v malach._n 3_o 13_a 1_o cor._n 3_o 10-16_a purge_v and_o purify_v as_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o many_o of_o they_o shall_v be_v save_v at_o this_o day_n with_o great_a difficulty_n but_o all_o shall_v be_v preserve_v by_o god_n who_o know_v how_o to_o deliver_v the_o godly_a as_o he_o do_v lot_n and_o the_o three_o child_n in_o the_o fiery_a furnace_n which_o be_v type_n of_o this_o last_o and_o great_a deliverance_n 2_o pet._n 2.9_o in_o the_o general_a conflagration_n and_o their_o body_n be_v change_v they_o shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n on_o the_o new_a earth_n the_o 7-9_a the_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a burnet_n be_v theory_n 4_o 7-9_a former_a be_v unfit_a through_o the_o vanity_n and_o corruption_n it_o be_v subject_a to_o for_o such_o a_o purpose_n and_o this_o be_v that_o state_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o it_o earnest_o expect_v and_o groan_v after_o and_o for_o which_o it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o seem_v to_o declare_v by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n chap._n 45.17_o 18._o that_o he_o create_v it_o not_o in_o vain_a or_o to_o be_v such_o a_o chaos_n and_o subject_a to_o so_o much_o vanity_n rom._n 8.20_o as_o it_o now_o be_v but_o to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o the_o mystical_a israel_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n isa_n 45.17_o 21_o 22._o who_o shall_v be_v save_v in_o the_o lord_n with_o a_o everlasting_a salvation_n 9_o all_o this_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o very_a beginning_n of_o christ_n come_v who_o proceed_n will_v be_v very_o sudden_a and_o swift_a malach._n 3.5_o 1_o cor._n 15.52_o in_o which_o 110.1_o which_o malach._n 4_o 14_a psalm_n 110.1_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v burn_v up_o and_o tread_v down_o and_o be_v as_o ash_n under_o the_o sole_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o saint_n lie_v at_o the_o footstool_n of_o christ_n throne_n whilst_o the_o live_a saint_n reign_v with_o he_o on_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o raise_a saint_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n 10._o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n upon_o christ_n withdraw_v some_o of_o his_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o glory_n satan_n will_v stir_v up_o the_o wicked_a nation_n who_o have_v be_v all_o that_o while_n in_o a_o state_n of_o contempt_n and_o punishment_n malach._n 4_o 14_a to_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n on_o earth_n upon_o which_o he_o will_v catch_v up_o his_o saint_n into_o the_o air_n and_o give_v they_o incorruptible_a body_n and_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o saint_n with_o christ_n their_o head_n shall_v final_o judge_v the_o wicked_a world_n and_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n shall_v disappear_v and_o fly_v away_o the_o son_n shall_v deliver_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o the_o father_n and_o the_o saint_n shall_v remain_v with_o he_o to_o all_o eternity_n whilst_o satan_n and_o all_o the_o wicked_a remain_v in_o the_o lake_n for_o ever_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o punishment_n represent_v as_o a_o lake_n make_v out_o of_o the_o liquefaction_n and_o dissolution_n of_o the_o present_a earth_n burn_v with_o fire_n and_o this_o be_v a_o brief_a scriptural_a account_n of_o this_o great_a transaction_n against_o judgement_n against_o see_v dr._n beverley_n universal_a christian_a doctrine_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n which_o although_o many_o objection_n may_v be_v raise_v yet_o there_o be_v few_o which_o may_v not_o be_v as_o plausible_o allege_v against_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n as_o it_o be_v usual_o understand_v by_o divine_n 2_o and_o 5_o i_o john_n the_o apoc●lyptick_n apostle_n unto_o who_o christ_n have_v send_v and_o signify_v and_o show_v thing_n to_o come_v thereby_o testify_v that_o i_o be_v a_o servant_n of_o he_o and_o great_o belove_v by_o he_o rev._n 1_o 1._o dan._n 9_o 23.10_o 7_o 11_o 19_o see_v and_n let_v it_o be_v observe_v diligent_o for_o these_o word_n be_v true_a and_o faithful_a verse_n 5._o the_o 6_o holy_a city_n or_o polity_n of_o saint_n new_a jerusalem_n above_o the_o mother_n of_o we_o all_o gal._n 4.26_o heb._n 11_o 10_o 16.12_o 22_o 23._o come_n down_o with_o christ_n into_o the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n 1_o thes_n 4_o 14-18_a see_v on_o chap._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 14.19.20_o 4._o from_o god_n the_o father_n out_o of_o heaven_n before_o who_o throne_n it_o have_v hitherto_o be_v in_o various_a degree_n of_o exaltation_n see_v on_o chap._n 12_o 1.14_o 1._o prepare_v and_n array_v in_o christ_n righteousness_n as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n which_o be_v the_o lamb_n christ_n that_o he_o may_v present_v to_o himself_o a_o glorious_a church_n not_o have_v spot_n or_o wrinkle_n and_o at_o last_o perfect_o unite_v it_o to_o god_n in_o his_o eternal_a kingdom_n eph._n 5.26_o 27._o rev._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 5_o he_o do_v not_o say_v simple_o as_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n i_o see_v but_o i_o john_n see_v by_o that_o emphatical_a expression_n show_v the_o great_a importance_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o likewise_o more_o earnest_o affirm_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o be_v to_o be_v of_o so_o great_a use_n and_o consolation_n to_o the_o saint_n hereby_o imitate_v the_o belove_a prophet_n daniel_n who_o frequent_o make_v use_v of_o the_o same_o phrase_n upon_o the_o like_a occasion_n 6_o from_o a_o due_a compare_n of_o this_o place_n with_o the_o place_n quote_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n it_o appear_v 1._o that_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o bride_n or_o saint_n those_o army_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n in_o the_o air_n to_o judgement_n in_o his_o kingdom_n the_o very_a they_o who_o sit_v in_o throne_n and_o reign_v with_o he_o a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20.4_o as_o have_v be_v before_o prove_v and_o often_o observe_v 2._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v in_o the_o new_a heaven_n or_o heavenly_a place_n of_o the_o air_n as_o they_o be_v call_v in_o scripture_n into_o which_o the_o saint_n come_v or_o descend_v from_o heaven_n with_o christ_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v and_o consequent_o that_o the_o new_a 8._o new_a dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n 4.3_o 8._o heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n reign_v of_o christ_n and_o the_o saint_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o it_o because_o they_o be_v here_o represent_v as_o come_v into_o it_o as_o into_o a_o place_n new_o prepare_v for_o they_o by_o god_n verse_n 1_o 3._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n come_v down_o from_o god_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o its_o high_a and_o most_o exalt_v state_n which_o have_v be_v hitherto_o represent_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n in_o divers_a state_n and_o degree_n of_o exaltation_n according_a as_o christ_n kingdom_n increase_v and_o his_o enemy_n be_v subdue_v by_o god_n the_o father_n at_o who_o right_a hand_n he_o be_v to_o sit_v in_o a_o patient_a expectation_n of_o this_o kingdom_n until_o all_o his_o enemy_n be_v make_v his_o footstool_n which_o be_v now_o perform_v he_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n with_o his_o bride_n or_o church_n purify_v and_o perfect_o sanctify_v into_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n for_o thus_o heb._n 12.22_o compare_v with_o rev._n 14.1_o the_o saint_n first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n and_o then_o unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n or_o the_o archetypal_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o heaven_n to_o which_o there_o be_v one_o always_o correspondent_a on_o earth_n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o christian_a worship_n which_o have_v its_o original_a from_o thence_o heb
12.25_o and_o of_o which_o it_o be_v a_o pattern_n heb._n 9.1_o the_o true_a temple_n build_v without_o hand_n where_o our_o hope_n be_v and_o of_o which_o we_o be_v citizen_n and_o which_o be_v the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n and_o the_o mother_n of_o all_o true_a christian_n gal._n 4.26_o 3_o and_o i_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n out_o of_o heaven_n proclaim_v a_o great_a truth_n and_o show_v i_o a_o new_a and_o extraordinary_a thing_n which_o have_v never_o be_v before_o say_v behold_v with_o thy_o eye_n and_o hear_v with_o thy_o ear_n and_o set_v thy_o heart_n upon_o all_o that_o i_o shall_v show_v thou_o ezek._n 40_o 4.44_o 5._o the_o tabernacle_n of_o g_o d_o i._n e._n the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n of_o which_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v a_o type_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 13.6_o 15_o 5._o be_v now_o with_o 7_o man_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n into_o which_o it_o be_v come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n verse_n 2._o and_o he_o i._n e._n god_n will_v 8_o dwell_v or_o tabernacle_n a_o second_o time_n john_n 1.14_o with_o they_o in_fw-la a_o state_n of_o glory_n ezek._n 37_o 26-28_a 9_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v his_o sanctify_a ezek._n 37.28_o 1_o thes_n 5.23_o rev_n 19.8_o people_n and_o god_n himself_o shall_v be_v with_o they_o in_fw-la christ_n by_o peculiar_a extraordinary_a perpetual_a and_o glorious_a manifestation_n of_o presence_n and_o conduct_v and_o be_v their_o god_n to_o sanctify_v they_o whole_o and_o then_o to_o unite_v they_o unto_o himself_o in_o his_o kingdom_n of_o eternity_n john_n 17.19_o 21._o 1_o cor._n 1.8_o 1_o thes_n 5_o 23._o 7_o it_o come_v down_o from_o god_n and_o be_v with_o man_n and_o therefore_o a_o state_n in_o the_o high_a heaven_n can_v be_v here_o mean_v for_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o it_o ascend_v or_o that_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o man_n be_v with_o god_n but_o that_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o god_n be_v with_o men._n 8_o god_n in_o christ_n have_v dwell_v with_o man_n before_o in_o a_o state_n of_o humiliation_n and_o his_o glory_n appear_v but_o to_o some_o few_o choose_a one_o for_o the_o world_n know_v he_o not_o and_o his_o own_o do_v not_o receive_v he_o john_n 1.10_o 11._o and_o that_o only_a at_o some_o transient_a manifestation_n of_o it_o such_o as_o the_o transfiguration_n on_o the_o mount_n but_o now_o very_o great_a and_o glorious_a 4.7_o glorious_a burnet_n be_v theory_n 4.7_o appearance_n of_o divine_a majesty_n and_o presence_n be_v promise_v to_o be_v continue_v for_o evermore_o in_o heaven_n after_o a_o thousand_o year_n duration_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v to_o fly_v away_o into_o eternity_n ezek._n 37.26_o 9_o expression_n take_v from_o the_o covenant_n make_v with_o abraham_n gen._n 17.7_o 8._o and_o the_o new_a covenant_n mention_v jerem_n 31_o 31-34_a 32_o 40_o 44._o ezek._n 36.26_o 27.37_o 26_o 27_o 28_o heb._n 8._o whereby_o be_v show_v that_o the_o promise_n of_o that_o covenant_n be_v not_o full_o accomplish_v but_o in_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o minister_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o of_o the_o true_a tabernacle_n which_o the_o lord_n pitch_v and_o not_o man_n which_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n in_o this_o vision_n compare_v heb._n 8._o with_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n 4_o and_o god_n shall_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o their_o eye_n i._n e._n shall_v remove_v all_o cause_n and_o occasion_n of_o sorrow_n be_v 25.8.60_o 20._o and_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o death_n or_o it_o shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o christ_n be_v 25.8_o 1_o cor._n 15.26_o 54._o neither_o sorrow_n nor_o cry_v neither_o shall_v there_o be_v any_o more_o pain_n i._n e._n it_o shall_v be_v a_o state_n of_o 4.7_o of_o dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n 4.7_o indolency_n free_a from_o pain_n and_o want_v for_o the_o former_a thing_n of_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o first_o earth_n the_o world_n of_o the_o first_o adam_n i._n e._n sin_n disease_n want_v satan_n and_o his_o wicked_a agent_n hell_n and_o death_n be_v pass_v away_o out_o of_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o first_o earth_n 5_o and_o he_o that_o *_o sit_v on_o the_o white_a throne_n i._n e._n christ_n who_o i_o have_v see_v sit_v on_o his_o own_o distinct_a throne_n at_o the_o delivery_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n chap._n 20.11_o say_v behold_v for_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n much_o to_o be_v observe_v i_o be_o now_o about_o to_o make_v all_o thing_n new_o i._n e._n to_o make_v a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n and_o to_o renew_v and_o full_o sanctify_v humane_a nature_n john_n 17.19_o and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o 10_o write_v for_o these_o word_n be_v true_a and_o faithful_a i._n e._n the_o new_a thing_n declare_v by_o i_o in_o these_o word_n be_v now_o ready_a to_o be_v make_v by_o i_o whereby_o all_o my_o word_n promise_n and_o declaration_n will_v receive_v a_o full_a comple●ion_n and_o will_v appear_v to_o be_v true_a and_o infallible_a *_o there_o be_v three_o throne_n ascribe_v to_o christ_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 1._o the_o throne_n of_o the_o father_n in_o which_o christ_n sit_v with_o he_o from_o the_o resurrection_n until_o the_o appearance_n of_o his_o own_o throne_n in_o his_o kingdom_n chap._n 3.21_o 2._o christ_n own_o throne_n or_o the_o throne_n peculiar_a to_o his_o humane_a nature_n in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n call_v his_o throne_n chap._n 3.21_o and_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 22.3_o 3._o the_o white_a throne_n chap._n 20.11_o in_o which_o christ_n appear_v at_o the_o last_o judicial_a act_n of_o his_o kingdom_n j●●hen_o he_o be_v about_o to_o deliver_v it_o up_o to_o his_o father_n which_o app●●●●●ce_n have_v be_v see_v but_o just_a before_o although_o it_o be_v after_o this_o in_o time_n and_o in_o the_o order_n of_o completion_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o to_o show_v that_o the_o same_o person_n who_o he_o have_v by_o way_n of_o prolepsis_n or_o anticipation_n a_o figure_n frequent_a in_o this_o prophecy_n see_v dissolve_v all_o thing_n be_v now_o to_o appear_v as_o make_v all_o thing_n new_a the_o same_o christ_n be_v the_o omega_n and_o end_v who_o shall_v dissolve_v all_o thing_n and_o the_o beginning_n or_o alpha_n who_o be_v the_o efficient_a cause_n of_o the_o new_a creation_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n and_o of_o 18._o of_o psalm_n 22_o 27-31.102_a 18._o the_o generation_n of_o saint_n the_o people_n which_o shall_v be_v create_v to_o inhabit_v it_o 10_o to_o write_v be_v to_o bring_v into_o effect_n as_o have_v be_v often_o 19.9_o often_o see_v on_o chap._n 19.9_o observe_v before_o whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o all_o the_o new_a thing_n he_o have_v promise_v and_o declare_v in_o his_o word_n be_v just_o ready_a to_o be_v make_v hy_z he_o 6_o and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o 11_o it_o be_v do_v i._n e._n what_o i_o be_v about_o to_o do_v be_v now_o perform_v i_o have_v now_o sanctify_v and_o renew_v my_o servant_n and_o deliver_v the_o creation_n from_o its_o vanity_n corruption_n and_o bondage_n i_o the_o eternal_a word_n in_o humane_a nature_n be_o alpha_n and_o omega_n the_o beginning_n and_o the_o end_n of_o prophecy_n who_o make_v all_o thing_n in_o the_o beginning_n and_o have_v now_o create_v they_o anew_o and_o be_o therefore_o able_a to_o say_v it_o be_v do_v chap._n 1_o 8.3_o 14._o i_o who_o be_o able_a will_v also_o give_v unto_o he_o i._n e._n unto_o the_o saint_n of_o all_o age_n that_o be_v a_o thirst_n i._n e._n that_o earnest_o desire_v the_o full_a glory_n of_o m●_n kingdom_n of_o the_o fountain_n of_o the_o water_n of_o life_n i_o e._n full_a and_o last_a communication_n of_o grace_n and_o glory_n to_o all_o the_o live_n in_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n isa_n 4_o 3._o john_n 4_o 10_o 14.7_o 37._o free_o i._n e._n out_o of_o my_o mere_a grace_n and_o favour_n isa_n 55.1_o 2._o 11_o christ_n here_o at_o the_o completion_n of_o what_o he_o be_v to_o do_v for_o his_o servant_n use_v the_o same_o expression_n he_o have_v before_o use_v chap._n 16.17_o after_o the_o destruction_n of_o his_o enemy_n by_o the_o vial_n which_o may_v thereupon_o he_o look_v upon_o as_o 3.12_o as_o see_v on_o chap._n 3.12_o monumental_a inscription_n upon_o two_o pillar_n place_v as_o it_o be_v at_o two_o remarkable_a boundary_n of_o prophecy_n of_o which_o the_o one_o respect_n christ_n make_n his_o enemy_n his_o footstool_n the_o other_o the_o bless_a state_n and_z lot_z of_o the_o saint_n at_o the_o end_n of_o day_n mention_v dan._n 12.13_o 7_o he_o that_o overcome_v i_o e_o all_o of_o each_o church-state_n who_o overcome_v the_o temptation_n of_o it_o see_v chapter_n 2_o and_o 3._o shall_v inherit_v as_o son_n all_v